Adding upstream version 1:4.13+dfsg1.upstream/1%4.13+dfsg1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

74 files changed, 14891 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/libmisc/.indent.pro b/libmisc/.indent.pro
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe572bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/.indent.pro
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+-kr
+-i8
+-bad
+-pcs
+-l80
diff --git a/libmisc/Makefile.am b/libmisc/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d319cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = .indent.pro xgetXXbyYY.c
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir) $(ECONF_CPPFLAGS)
+
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libmisc.la
+
+libmisc_la_SOURCES = \
+	addgrps.c \
+	age.c \
+	audit_help.c \
+	basename.c \
+	chkname.c \
+	chkname.h \
+	chowndir.c \
+	chowntty.c \
+	cleanup.c \
+	cleanup_group.c \
+	cleanup_user.c \
+	console.c \
+	copydir.c \
+	date_to_str.c \
+	entry.c \
+	env.c \
+	failure.c \
+	failure.h \
+	find_new_gid.c \
+	find_new_uid.c \
+	find_new_sub_gids.c \
+	find_new_sub_uids.c \
+	getdate.h \
+	getdate.y \
+	getgr_nam_gid.c \
+	getrange.c \
+	gettime.c \
+	hushed.c \
+	idmapping.h \
+	idmapping.c \
+	isexpired.c \
+	limits.c \
+	list.c log.c \
+	loginprompt.c \
+	mail.c \
+	motd.c \
+	myname.c \
+	obscure.c \
+	pam_pass.c \
+	pam_pass_non_interactive.c \
+	prefix_flag.c \
+	pwd2spwd.c \
+	pwdcheck.c \
+	pwd_init.c \
+	remove_tree.c \
+	rlogin.c \
+	root_flag.c \
+	salt.c \
+	setugid.c \
+	setupenv.c \
+	shell.c \
+	strtoday.c \
+	sub.c \
+	sulog.c \
+	ttytype.c \
+	tz.c \
+	ulimit.c \
+	user_busy.c \
+	utmp.c \
+	valid.c \
+	xgetpwnam.c \
+	xgetpwuid.c \
+	xgetgrnam.c \
+	xgetgrgid.c \
+	xgetspnam.c \
+	xmalloc.c \
+	yesno.c
+
+if WITH_BTRFS
+libmisc_la_SOURCES += btrfs.c
+endif
+
diff --git a/libmisc/Makefile.in b/libmisc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2defd8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = { \
+  if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
+    false; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
+    true; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
+    true; \
+  else \
+    false; \
+  fi; \
+}
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+  case $${target_option-} in \
+      ?) ;; \
+      *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+              "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+         exit 1;; \
+  esac; \
+  has_opt=no; \
+  sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+  if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+    sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+  else \
+    case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+      *\\[\ \	]*) \
+        bs=\\; \
+        sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+          | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs	]*//g"`;; \
+    esac; \
+  fi; \
+  skip_next=no; \
+  strip_trailopt () \
+  { \
+    flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+  }; \
+  for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+    test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *=*|--*) continue;; \
+        -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+        -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+        -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+      -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+      -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+    esac; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+    esac; \
+  done; \
+  test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+@WITH_BTRFS_TRUE@am__append_1 = btrfs.c
+subdir = libmisc
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+LTLIBRARIES = $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
+libmisc_la_LIBADD =
+am__libmisc_la_SOURCES_DIST = addgrps.c age.c audit_help.c basename.c \
+	chkname.c chkname.h chowndir.c chowntty.c cleanup.c \
+	cleanup_group.c cleanup_user.c console.c copydir.c \
+	date_to_str.c entry.c env.c failure.c failure.h find_new_gid.c \
+	find_new_uid.c find_new_sub_gids.c find_new_sub_uids.c \
+	getdate.h getdate.y getgr_nam_gid.c getrange.c gettime.c \
+	hushed.c idmapping.h idmapping.c isexpired.c limits.c list.c \
+	log.c loginprompt.c mail.c motd.c myname.c obscure.c \
+	pam_pass.c pam_pass_non_interactive.c prefix_flag.c pwd2spwd.c \
+	pwdcheck.c pwd_init.c remove_tree.c rlogin.c root_flag.c \
+	salt.c setugid.c setupenv.c shell.c strtoday.c sub.c sulog.c \
+	ttytype.c tz.c ulimit.c user_busy.c utmp.c valid.c xgetpwnam.c \
+	xgetpwuid.c xgetgrnam.c xgetgrgid.c xgetspnam.c xmalloc.c \
+	yesno.c btrfs.c
+@WITH_BTRFS_TRUE@am__objects_1 = btrfs.lo
+am_libmisc_la_OBJECTS = addgrps.lo age.lo audit_help.lo basename.lo \
+	chkname.lo chowndir.lo chowntty.lo cleanup.lo cleanup_group.lo \
+	cleanup_user.lo console.lo copydir.lo date_to_str.lo entry.lo \
+	env.lo failure.lo find_new_gid.lo find_new_uid.lo \
+	find_new_sub_gids.lo find_new_sub_uids.lo getdate.lo \
+	getgr_nam_gid.lo getrange.lo gettime.lo hushed.lo idmapping.lo \
+	isexpired.lo limits.lo list.lo log.lo loginprompt.lo mail.lo \
+	motd.lo myname.lo obscure.lo pam_pass.lo \
+	pam_pass_non_interactive.lo prefix_flag.lo pwd2spwd.lo \
+	pwdcheck.lo pwd_init.lo remove_tree.lo rlogin.lo root_flag.lo \
+	salt.lo setugid.lo setupenv.lo shell.lo strtoday.lo sub.lo \
+	sulog.lo ttytype.lo tz.lo ulimit.lo user_busy.lo utmp.lo \
+	valid.lo xgetpwnam.lo xgetpwuid.lo xgetgrnam.lo xgetgrgid.lo \
+	xgetspnam.lo xmalloc.lo yesno.lo $(am__objects_1)
+libmisc_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libmisc_la_OBJECTS)
+AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
+am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 = 
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN     " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 = 
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 = 
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+am__maybe_remake_depfiles = depfiles
+am__depfiles_remade = ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo \
+	./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
+am__mv = mv -f
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
+	$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
+am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_CC_0 = @echo "  CC      " $@;
+am__v_CC_1 = 
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
+	$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
+am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo "  CCLD    " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_1 = 
+@MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@am__skipyacc = test -f $@ ||
+am__yacc_c2h = sed -e s/cc$$/hh/ -e s/cpp$$/hpp/ -e s/cxx$$/hxx/ \
+		   -e s/c++$$/h++/ -e s/c$$/h/
+YACCCOMPILE = $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS)
+LTYACCCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS)
+AM_V_YACC = $(am__v_YACC_@AM_V@)
+am__v_YACC_ = $(am__v_YACC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_YACC_0 = @echo "  YACC    " $@;
+am__v_YACC_1 = 
+YLWRAP = $(top_srcdir)/ylwrap
+SOURCES = $(libmisc_la_SOURCES)
+DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libmisc_la_SOURCES_DIST)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+  case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+    n|no|NO) false;; \
+    *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+  esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates.  Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+  BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+  { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+  END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique.  This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+  list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+  unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+  done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
+am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/depcomp \
+	$(top_srcdir)/ylwrap getdate.c
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+AR = @AR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
+CTAGS = @CTAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
+DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
+DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+ECONF_CPPFLAGS = @ECONF_CPPFLAGS@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+ETAGS = @ETAGS@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FGREP = @FGREP@
+GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
+GREP = @GREP@
+GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH = @GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
+LD = @LD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBACL = @LIBACL@
+LIBATTR = @LIBATTR@
+LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
+LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
+LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
+LIBECONF = @LIBECONF@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBMD = @LIBMD@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBPAM = @LIBPAM@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBSELINUX = @LIBSELINUX@
+LIBSEMANAGE = @LIBSEMANAGE@
+LIBSKEY = @LIBSKEY@
+LIBSUBID_ABI = @LIBSUBID_ABI@
+LIBSUBID_ABI_MAJOR = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MAJOR@
+LIBSUBID_ABI_MICRO = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MICRO@
+LIBSUBID_ABI_MINOR = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MINOR@
+LIBTCB = @LIBTCB@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LIPO = @LIPO@
+LIYESCRYPT = @LIYESCRYPT@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NM = @NM@
+NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
+OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OTOOL = @OTOOL@
+OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VENDORDIR = @VENDORDIR@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
+XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
+XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
+XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
+XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YACC = @YACC@
+YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+capcmd = @capcmd@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+runstatedir = @runstatedir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+EXTRA_DIST = .indent.pro xgetXXbyYY.c
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir) $(ECONF_CPPFLAGS)
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libmisc.la
+libmisc_la_SOURCES = addgrps.c age.c audit_help.c basename.c chkname.c \
+	chkname.h chowndir.c chowntty.c cleanup.c cleanup_group.c \
+	cleanup_user.c console.c copydir.c date_to_str.c entry.c env.c \
+	failure.c failure.h find_new_gid.c find_new_uid.c \
+	find_new_sub_gids.c find_new_sub_uids.c getdate.h getdate.y \
+	getgr_nam_gid.c getrange.c gettime.c hushed.c idmapping.h \
+	idmapping.c isexpired.c limits.c list.c log.c loginprompt.c \
+	mail.c motd.c myname.c obscure.c pam_pass.c \
+	pam_pass_non_interactive.c prefix_flag.c pwd2spwd.c pwdcheck.c \
+	pwd_init.c remove_tree.c rlogin.c root_flag.c salt.c setugid.c \
+	setupenv.c shell.c strtoday.c sub.c sulog.c ttytype.c tz.c \
+	ulimit.c user_busy.c utmp.c valid.c xgetpwnam.c xgetpwuid.c \
+	xgetgrnam.c xgetgrgid.c xgetspnam.c xmalloc.c yesno.c \
+	$(am__append_1)
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj .y
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign libmisc/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign libmisc/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
+	-test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
+	@list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
+	locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
+	      sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
+	      sort -u`; \
+	test -z "$$locs" || { \
+	  echo rm -f $${locs}; \
+	  rm -f $${locs}; \
+	}
+
+libmisc.la: $(libmisc_la_OBJECTS) $(libmisc_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libmisc_la_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK)  $(libmisc_la_OBJECTS) $(libmisc_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
+
+$(am__depfiles_remade):
+	@$(MKDIR_P) $(@D)
+	@echo '# dummy' >$@-t && $(am__mv) $@-t $@
+
+am--depfiles: $(am__depfiles_remade)
+
+.c.o:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
+
+.c.obj:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+
+.c.lo:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
+
+.y.c:
+	$(AM_V_YACC)$(am__skipyacc) $(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) $< y.tab.c $@ y.tab.h `echo $@ | $(am__yacc_c2h)` y.output $*.output -- $(YACCCOMPILE)
+
+mostlyclean-libtool:
+	-rm -f *.lo
+
+clean-libtool:
+	-rm -rf .libs _libs
+
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-am
+TAGS: tags
+
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: ctags-am
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-am
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+	list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+	case "$(srcdir)" in \
+	  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+	  *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$i"; then \
+	    echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+	  else \
+	    echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
+
+distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES)
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	      install; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	    "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
+	fi
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	-rm -f getdate.c
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES \
+	mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+		-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+	distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+		-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo
+	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
+	mostlyclean-libtool
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am am--depfiles check check-am clean \
+	clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES \
+	cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-compile \
+	distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+	install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+	install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+	installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+	tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
+
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libmisc/addgrps.c b/libmisc/addgrps.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..845d383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/addgrps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SETGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#define SEP ",:"
+/*
+ * Add groups with names from LIST (separated by commas or colons)
+ * to the supplementary group set.  Silently ignore groups which are
+ * already there.  Warning: uses strtok().
+ */
+int add_groups (const char *list)
+{
+	GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, *tmp;
+	size_t i;
+	int ngroups;
+	bool added;
+	char *token;
+	char buf[1024];
+	int ret;
+	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
+
+	if (strlen (list) >= sizeof (buf)) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	strcpy (buf, list);
+
+	i = 16;
+	for (;;) {
+		grouplist = (gid_t *) malloc (i * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
+		if (NULL == grouplist) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+		ngroups = getgroups (i, grouplist);
+		if (   (   (-1 == ngroups)
+		        && (EINVAL != errno))
+		    || (i > (size_t)ngroups)) {
+			/* Unexpected failure of getgroups or successful
+			 * reception of the groups */
+			break;
+		}
+		/* not enough room, so try allocating a larger buffer */
+		free (grouplist);
+		i *= 2;
+	}
+	if (ngroups < 0) {
+		free (grouplist);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	added = false;
+	for (token = strtok (buf, SEP); NULL != token; token = strtok (NULL, SEP)) {
+		struct group *grp;
+
+		grp = getgrnam (token); /* local, no need for xgetgrnam */
+		if (NULL == grp) {
+			fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("Warning: unknown group %s\n"),
+				 token);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (size_t)ngroups && grouplist[i] != grp->gr_gid; i++);
+
+		if (i < (size_t)ngroups) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (ngroups >= sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)) {
+			fputs (_("Warning: too many groups\n"), shadow_logfd);
+			break;
+		}
+		tmp = (gid_t *) realloc (grouplist, (size_t)(ngroups + 1) * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
+		if (NULL == tmp) {
+			free (grouplist);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		tmp[ngroups] = grp->gr_gid;
+		ngroups++;
+		grouplist = tmp;
+		added = true;
+	}
+
+	if (added) {
+		ret = setgroups ((size_t)ngroups, grouplist);
+		free (grouplist);
+		return ret;
+	}
+
+	free (grouplist);
+	return 0;
+}
+#else				/* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/age.c b/libmisc/age.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d10f71b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/age.c
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "exitcodes.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#ifndef PASSWD_PROGRAM
+#define PASSWD_PROGRAM "/bin/passwd"
+#endif
+/*
+ * expire - force password change if password expired
+ *
+ *	expire() calls /bin/passwd to change the user's password
+ *	if it has expired.
+ */
+int expire (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
+{
+	int status;
+	pid_t child;
+	pid_t pid;
+
+	if (NULL == sp) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * See if the user's password has expired, and if so
+	 * force them to change their password.
+	 */
+
+	status = isexpired (pw, sp);
+	switch (status) {
+	case 0:
+		return 0;
+	case 1:
+		(void) fputs (_("Your password has expired."), stdout);
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		(void) fputs (_("Your password is inactive."), stdout);
+		break;
+	case 3:
+		(void) fputs (_("Your login has expired."), stdout);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Setting the maximum valid period to less than the minimum
+	 * valid period means that the minimum period will never
+	 * occur while the password is valid, so the user can never
+	 * change that password.
+	 */
+
+	if ((status > 1) || (sp->sp_max < sp->sp_min)) {
+		(void) puts (_("  Contact the system administrator."));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	(void) puts (_("  Choose a new password."));
+	(void) fflush (stdout);
+
+	/*
+	 * Close all the files so that unauthorized access won't
+	 * occur.  This needs to be done anyway because those files
+	 * might become stale after "passwd" is executed.
+	 */
+
+	endspent ();
+	endpwent ();
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+	endsgent ();
+#endif
+	endgrent ();
+
+	/*
+	 * Execute the /bin/passwd command.  The exit status will be
+	 * examined to see what the result is.  If there are any
+	 * errors the routine will exit.  This forces the user to
+	 * change their password before being able to use the account.
+	 */
+
+	pid = fork ();
+	if (0 == pid) {
+		int err;
+
+		/*
+		 * Set the UID to be that of the user.  This causes
+		 * passwd to work just like it would had they executed
+		 * it from the command line while logged in.
+		 */
+#if defined(HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined(USE_PAM)
+		if (setup_uid_gid (pw, false) != 0)
+#else
+		if (setup_uid_gid (pw) != 0)
+#endif
+		{
+			_exit (126);
+		}
+
+		(void) execl (PASSWD_PROGRAM, PASSWD_PROGRAM, pw->pw_name, (char *) 0);
+		err = errno;
+		perror ("Can't execute " PASSWD_PROGRAM);
+		_exit ((ENOENT == err) ? E_CMD_NOTFOUND : E_CMD_NOEXEC);
+	} else if ((pid_t) -1 == pid) {
+		perror ("fork");
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	while (((child = wait (&status)) != pid) && (child != (pid_t)-1));
+
+	if ((child == pid) && (0 == status)) {
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ /*@notreached@*/}
+
+/*
+ * agecheck - see if warning is needed for password expiration
+ *
+ *	agecheck sees how many days until the user's password is going
+ *	to expire and warns the user of the pending password expiration.
+ */
+
+void agecheck (/*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
+{
+	long now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
+	long remain;
+
+	if (NULL == sp) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The last, max, and warn fields must be supported or the
+	 * warning period cannot be calculated.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
+	    || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
+	    || (-1 == sp->sp_warn)) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == sp->sp_lstchg) {
+		(void) puts (_("You must change your password."));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	remain = sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max - now;
+	if (remain <= sp->sp_warn) {
+		remain /= DAY / SCALE;
+		if (remain > 1) {
+			(void) printf (_("Your password will expire in %ld days.\n"),
+			               remain);
+		} else if (1 == remain) {
+			(void) puts (_("Your password will expire tomorrow."));
+		} else if (remain == 0) {
+			(void) puts (_("Your password will expire today."));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/audit_help.c b/libmisc/audit_help.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6c2006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/audit_help.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Red Hat, Inc.
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Audit helper functions used throughout shadow
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <libaudit.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+int audit_fd;
+
+void audit_help_open (void)
+{
+	audit_fd = audit_open ();
+	if (audit_fd < 0) {
+		/* You get these only when the kernel doesn't have
+		 * audit compiled in. */
+		if (   (errno == EINVAL)
+		    || (errno == EPROTONOSUPPORT)
+		    || (errno == EAFNOSUPPORT)) {
+			return;
+		}
+		(void) fputs (_("Cannot open audit interface - aborting.\n"),
+		              log_get_logfd());
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function will log a message to the audit system using a predefined
+ * message format. Parameter usage is as follows:
+ *
+ * type - type of message: AUDIT_USER_CHAUTHTOK for changing any account
+ *	  attributes.
+ * pgname - program's name
+ * op  -  operation. "adding user", "changing finger info", "deleting group"
+ * name - user's account or group name. If not available use NULL.
+ * id  -  uid or gid that the operation is being performed on. This is used
+ *	  only when user is NULL.
+ */
+void audit_logger (int type, unused const char *pgname, const char *op,
+                   const char *name, unsigned int id,
+                   shadow_audit_result result)
+{
+	if (audit_fd < 0) {
+		return;
+	} else {
+		audit_log_acct_message (audit_fd, type, NULL, op, name, id,
+		                        NULL, NULL, NULL, (int) result);
+	}
+}
+
+void audit_logger_message (const char *message, shadow_audit_result result)
+{
+	if (audit_fd < 0) {
+		return;
+	} else {
+		audit_log_user_message (audit_fd,
+		                        AUDIT_USYS_CONFIG,
+		                        message,
+		                        NULL, /* hostname */
+		                        NULL, /* addr */
+		                        NULL, /* tty */
+		                        (int) result);
+	}
+}
+
+#else				/* WITH_AUDIT */
+extern int errno;	/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* WITH_AUDIT */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/basename.c b/libmisc/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe91653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * basename.c - not worth copyrighting :-).  Some versions of Linux libc
+ * already have basename(), other versions don't.  To avoid confusion,
+ * we will not use the function from libc and use a different name here.
+ * --marekm
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+/*@observer@*/const char *Basename (const char *str)
+{
+	char *cp = strrchr (str, '/');
+
+	return (NULL != cp) ? cp + 1 : str;
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/btrfs.c b/libmisc/btrfs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2563f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/btrfs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#include <linux/btrfs_tree.h>
+#include <linux/magic.h>
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+static bool path_exists(const char *p)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+
+	return stat(p, &sb) == 0;
+}
+
+static const char *btrfs_cmd(void)
+{
+	const char *const btrfs_paths[] = {"/sbin/btrfs",
+		"/bin/btrfs", "/usr/sbin/btrfs", "/usr/bin/btrfs", NULL};
+	const char *p;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0, p = btrfs_paths[i]; p; i++, p = btrfs_paths[i])
+		if (path_exists(p))
+			return p;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static int run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd(const char *subcmd, const char *arg1, const char *arg2)
+{
+	int status = 0;
+	const char *cmd = btrfs_cmd();
+	const char *argv[] = {
+		"btrfs",
+		"subvolume",
+		subcmd,
+		arg1,
+		arg2,
+		NULL
+	};
+
+	if (access(cmd, X_OK)) {
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	if (run_command(cmd, argv, NULL, &status))
+		return -1;
+	return status;
+}
+
+
+int btrfs_create_subvolume(const char *path)
+{
+	return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("create", path, NULL);
+}
+
+
+int btrfs_remove_subvolume(const char *path)
+{
+	return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("delete", "-C", path);
+}
+
+
+/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
+/*
+ * This intentionally duplicates btrfs_util_is_subvolume_fd() instead of opening
+ * a file descriptor and calling it, because fstat() and fstatfs() don't accept
+ * file descriptors opened with O_PATH on old kernels (before v3.6 and before
+ * v3.12, respectively), but stat() and statfs() can be called on a path that
+ * the user doesn't have read or write permissions to.
+ *
+ * returns:
+ *   1 - btrfs subvolume
+ *   0 - not btrfs subvolume
+ *  -1 - error
+ */
+int btrfs_is_subvolume(const char *path)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+	int ret;
+
+	ret = is_btrfs(path);
+	if (ret <= 0)
+		return ret;
+
+	ret = stat(path, &st);
+	if (ret == -1)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (st.st_ino != BTRFS_FIRST_FREE_OBJECTID || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
+int is_btrfs(const char *path)
+{
+	struct statfs sfs;
+	int ret;
+
+	ret = statfs(path, &sfs);
+	if (ret == -1)
+		return -1;
+
+	return sfs.f_type == BTRFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/chkname.c b/libmisc/chkname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e31ee8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/chkname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
+ * name for validity;
+ * return values:
+ *   true  - OK
+ *   false - bad name
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "chkname.h"
+
+int allow_bad_names = false;
+
+static bool is_valid_name (const char *name)
+{
+	if (allow_bad_names) {
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+         * User/group names must match gnu e-regex:
+         *    [a-zA-Z0-9_.][a-zA-Z0-9_.-]{0,30}[a-zA-Z0-9_.$-]?
+         *
+         * as a non-POSIX, extension, allow "$" as the last char for
+         * sake of Samba 3.x "add machine script"
+         *
+         * Also do not allow fully numeric names or just "." or "..".
+         */
+	int numeric;
+
+	if ('\0' == *name ||
+	    ('.' == *name && (('.' == name[1] && '\0' == name[2]) ||
+			      '\0' == name[1])) ||
+	    !((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') ||
+	      (*name >= 'A' && *name <= 'Z') ||
+	      (*name >= '0' && *name <= '9') ||
+	      *name == '_' ||
+	      *name == '.')) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	numeric = isdigit(*name);
+
+	while ('\0' != *++name) {
+		if (!((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') ||
+		      (*name >= 'A' && *name <= 'Z') ||
+		      (*name >= '0' && *name <= '9') ||
+		      *name == '_' ||
+		      *name == '.' ||
+		      *name == '-' ||
+		      (*name == '$' && name[1] == '\0')
+		     )) {
+			return false;
+		}
+		numeric &= isdigit(*name);
+	}
+
+	return !numeric;
+}
+
+bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name)
+{
+	/*
+	 * User names are limited by whatever utmp can
+	 * handle.
+	 */
+	if (strlen (name) > USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return is_valid_name (name);
+}
+
+bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Arbitrary limit for group names.
+	 * HP-UX 10 limits to 16 characters
+	 */
+	if (   (GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH > 0)
+	    && (strlen (name) > GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH)) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return is_valid_name (name);
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/chkname.h b/libmisc/chkname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0771347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/chkname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/* $Id$ */
+#ifndef _CHKNAME_H_
+#define _CHKNAME_H_
+
+/*
+ * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
+ * name for validity;
+ * return values:
+ *   true  - OK
+ *   false - bad name
+ */
+
+#include "defines.h"
+
+extern bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name);
+extern bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libmisc/chowndir.c b/libmisc/chowndir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d31618a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/chowndir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1992 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2010 -     , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int chown_tree_at (int at_fd,
+                const char *path,
+                uid_t old_uid,
+                uid_t new_uid,
+                gid_t old_gid,
+                gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	DIR *dir;
+	const struct dirent *ent;
+	struct stat dir_sb;
+	int dir_fd, rc = 0;
+
+	dir_fd = openat (at_fd, path, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (dir_fd < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	dir = fdopendir (dir_fd);
+	if (!dir) {
+		(void) close (dir_fd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the directory and read each entry.  Every entry is tested
+	 * to see if it is a directory, and if so this routine is called
+	 * recursively.  If not, it is checked to see if an ownership
+	 * shall be changed.
+	 */
+	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
+		uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
+		gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
+		struct stat ent_sb;
+
+		/*
+		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
+		 */
+		if (   (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		rc = fstatat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, &ent_sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+		if (rc < 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (S_ISDIR (ent_sb.st_mode)) {
+			/*
+			 * Do the entire subdirectory.
+			 */
+			rc = chown_tree_at (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+			if (0 != rc) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * By default, the IDs are not changed (-1).
+		 *
+		 * If the file is not owned by the user, the owner is not
+		 * changed.
+		 *
+		 * If the file is not group-owned by the group, the
+		 * group-owner is not changed.
+		 */
+		if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (ent_sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
+			tmpuid = new_uid;
+		}
+		if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (ent_sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
+			tmpgid = new_gid;
+		}
+		if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
+			rc = fchownat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, tmpuid, tmpgid, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+			if (0 != rc) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now do the root of the tree
+	 */
+	if ((0 == rc) && (fstat (dirfd(dir), &dir_sb) == 0)) {
+		uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
+		gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
+		if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (dir_sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
+			tmpuid = new_uid;
+		}
+		if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (dir_sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
+			tmpgid = new_gid;
+		}
+		if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
+			rc = fchown (dirfd(dir), tmpuid, tmpgid);
+		}
+	} else {
+		rc = -1;
+	}
+
+	(void) closedir (dir);
+
+	return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+ * chown_tree - change ownership of files in a directory tree
+ *
+ *	chown_dir() walks a directory tree and changes the ownership
+ *	of all files owned by the provided user ID.
+ *
+ *	Only files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp. by old_gid)
+ *	will have their ownership (resp. group-ownership) modified, unless
+ *	old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set to -1.
+ *
+ *	new_uid and new_gid can be set to -1 to indicate that no owner or
+ *	group-owner shall be changed.
+ */
+int chown_tree (const char *root,
+                uid_t old_uid,
+                uid_t new_uid,
+                gid_t old_gid,
+                gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	return chown_tree_at (AT_FDCWD, root, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/chowntty.c b/libmisc/chowntty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8043d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/chowntty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ *	chown_tty() sets the login tty to be owned by the new user ID
+ *	with TTYPERM modes
+ */
+
+void chown_tty (const struct passwd *info)
+{
+	struct group *grent;
+	gid_t gid;
+
+	/*
+	 * See if login.defs has some value configured for the port group
+	 * ID.  Otherwise, use the user's primary group ID.
+	 */
+
+	grent = getgr_nam_gid (getdef_str ("TTYGROUP"));
+	if (NULL != grent) {
+		gid = grent->gr_gid;
+		gr_free (grent);
+	} else {
+		gid = info->pw_gid;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Change the permissions on the TTY to be owned by the user with
+	 * the group as determined above.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (fchown (STDIN_FILENO, info->pw_uid, gid) != 0)
+	    || (fchmod (STDIN_FILENO, (mode_t)getdef_num ("TTYPERM", 0600)) != 0)) {
+		int err = errno;
+		FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
+
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
+		         _("Unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin: %s"),
+		         strerror (err));
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
+		if (EROFS != err) {
+			closelog ();
+			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+#ifdef __linux__
+	/*
+	 * Please don't add code to chown /dev/vcs* to the user logging in -
+	 * it's a potential security hole.  I wouldn't like the previous user
+	 * to hold the file descriptor open and watch my screen.  We don't
+	 * have the *BSD revoke() system call yet, and vhangup() only works
+	 * for tty devices (which vcs* is not).  --marekm
+	 */
+#endif
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup.c b/libmisc/cleanup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c16f1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/cleanup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * The cleanup_functions stack.
+ */
+#define CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS 10
+
+typedef /*@null@*/void * parg_t;
+
+static cleanup_function cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
+static parg_t cleanup_function_args[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
+static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
+
+/*
+ * - Cleanup functions shall not fail.
+ * - You should register do_cleanups with atexit.
+ * - You should add cleanup functions to the stack with add_cleanup when
+ *   an operation is expected to be executed later, and remove it from the
+ *   stack with del_cleanup when it has been executed.
+ *
+ **/
+
+/*
+ * do_cleanups - perform the actions stored in the cleanup_functions stack.
+ *
+ * Cleanup action are not executed on exit of the processes started by the
+ * parent (first caller of add_cleanup).
+ *
+ * It is intended to be used as:
+ *     atexit (do_cleanups);
+ */
+void do_cleanups (void)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	/* Make sure there were no overflow */
+	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-1]);
+
+	if (getpid () != cleanup_pid) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	i = CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS;
+	do {
+		i--;
+		if (cleanup_functions[i] != NULL) {
+			cleanup_functions[i] (cleanup_function_args[i]);
+		}
+	} while (i>0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * add_cleanup - Add a cleanup_function to the cleanup_functions stack.
+ */
+void add_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+	assert (NULL != pcf);
+
+	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-2]);
+
+	if (0 == cleanup_pid) {
+		cleanup_pid = getpid ();
+	}
+
+	/* Add the cleanup_function at the end of the stack */
+	for (i=0; NULL != cleanup_functions[i]; i++);
+	cleanup_functions[i] = pcf;
+	cleanup_function_args[i] = arg;
+}
+
+/*
+ * del_cleanup - Remove a cleanup_function from the cleanup_functions stack.
+ */
+void del_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+	assert (NULL != pcf);
+
+	/* Find the pcf cleanup function */
+	for (i=0; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
+		if (cleanup_functions[i] == pcf) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Make sure the cleanup function was found */
+	assert (i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS);
+
+	/* Move the rest of the cleanup functions */
+	for (; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
+		/* Make sure the cleanup function was specified only once */
+		assert (   (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1))
+		        || (cleanup_functions[i+1] != pcf));
+
+		if (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1)) {
+			cleanup_functions[i] = NULL;
+			cleanup_function_args[i] = NULL;
+		} else {
+			cleanup_functions[i] = cleanup_functions[i+1];
+			cleanup_function_args[i] = cleanup_function_args[i+1];
+		}
+
+		/* A NULL indicates the end of the stack */
+		if (NULL == cleanup_functions[i]) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup_group.c b/libmisc/cleanup_group.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df3ebfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/cleanup_group.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "groupio.h"
+#include "sgroupio.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_group - Report failure to add a group to the system
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the system.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s", name));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
+	              "",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_del_group - Report failure to remove a group from the system
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the system.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_del_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to remove group %s", name));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_DEL_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
+	              "",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+void cleanup_report_mod_group (void *cleanup_info)
+{
+	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
+	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
+	         gr_dbname (),
+	         info->action));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
+	              info->audit_msg,
+	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+void cleanup_report_mod_gshadow (void *cleanup_info)
+{
+	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
+	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
+	         sgr_dbname (),
+	         info->action));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
+	              info->audit_msg,
+	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_group_group - Report failure to add a group to group
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
+ * group database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_group_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, gr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
+	              "adding group to /etc/group",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow - Report failure to add a group to gshadow
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
+ * gshadow database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, sgr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
+	              "adding group to /etc/gshadow",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_del_group_group - Report failure to remove a group from the
+ *                                  regular group database
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
+ * regular group database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_del_group_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to remove group %s from %s",
+	         name, gr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
+	              "removing group from /etc/group",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow - Report failure to remove a group from
+ *                                    gshadow
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
+ * gshadow database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to remove group %s from %s",
+	         name, sgr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
+	              "removing group from /etc/gshadow",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_group - Unlock the group file
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the group file is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_group (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (gr_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), gr_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", gr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking group file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_gshadow - Unlock the gshadow file
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the gshadow file is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_gshadow (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (sgr_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), sgr_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", sgr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking gshadow file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup_user.c b/libmisc/cleanup_user.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26675c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/cleanup_user.c
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "pwio.h"
+#include "shadowio.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_user - Report failure to add an user to the system
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the system.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_user (void *user_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s", name));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
+	              "",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+void cleanup_report_mod_passwd (void *cleanup_info)
+{
+	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
+	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
+	         pw_dbname (),
+	         info->action));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
+	              info->audit_msg,
+	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_user_passwd - Report failure to add an user to
+ * /etc/passwd
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
+ * /etc/passwd database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_user_passwd (void *user_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, pw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
+	              "adding user to /etc/passwd",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_user_shadow - Report failure to add an user to
+ * /etc/shadow
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
+ * /etc/shadow database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_user_shadow (void *user_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, spw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
+	              "adding user to /etc/shadow",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_passwd - Unlock the /etc/passwd database
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the passwd database is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_passwd (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (pw_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), pw_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", pw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking passwd file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_shadow - Unlock the /etc/shadow database
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the shadow database is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_shadow (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (spw_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), spw_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", spw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking shadow file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/console.c b/libmisc/console.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c475aa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/console.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991       , Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991       , Chip Rosenthal
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+/*
+ * This is now rather generic function which decides if "tty" is listed
+ * under "cfgin" in config (directly or indirectly). Fallback to default if
+ * something is bad.
+ */
+static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	char buf[1024], *s;
+	const char *cons;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the CONSOLE configuration definition isn't given,
+	 * fallback to default.
+	 */
+
+	cons = getdef_str (cfgin);
+	if (NULL == cons) {
+		return def;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If this isn't a filename, then it is a ":" delimited list of
+	 * console devices upon which root logins are allowed.
+	 */
+
+	if (*cons != '/') {
+		char *pbuf;
+		strncpy (buf, cons, sizeof (buf));
+		buf[sizeof (buf) - 1] = '\0';
+		pbuf = &buf[0];
+		while ((s = strtok (pbuf, ":")) != NULL) {
+			if (strcmp (s, tty) == 0) {
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			pbuf = NULL;
+		}
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we can't open the console list, then call everything a
+	 * console - otherwise root will never be allowed to login.
+	 */
+
+	fp = fopen (cons, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
+		return def;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * See if this tty is listed in the console file.
+	 */
+
+	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof (buf), fp) != NULL) {
+		buf[strlen (buf) - 1] = '\0';
+		if (strcmp (buf, tty) == 0) {
+			(void) fclose (fp);
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This tty isn't a console.
+	 */
+
+	(void) fclose (fp);
+	return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * console - return 1 if the "tty" is a console device, else 0.
+ *
+ * Note - we need to take extreme care here to avoid locking out root logins
+ * if something goes awry.  That's why we do things like call everything a
+ * console if the consoles file can't be opened.  Because of this, we must
+ * warn the user to protect against the remove of the consoles file since
+ * that would allow an unauthorized root login.
+ */
+
+bool console (const char *tty)
+{
+	if (strncmp (tty, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
+		tty += 5;
+	}
+
+	return is_listed ("CONSOLE", tty, true);
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/copydir.c b/libmisc/copydir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b692aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/copydir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,968 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+#include <selinux/selinux.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <attr/error_context.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+#include <acl/libacl.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+#include <attr/libattr.h>
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+
+static /*@null@*/const char *src_orig;
+static /*@null@*/const char *dst_orig;
+
+struct link_name {
+	dev_t ln_dev;
+	ino_t ln_ino;
+	nlink_t ln_count;
+	char *ln_name;
+	/*@dependent@*/struct link_name *ln_next;
+};
+static /*@exposed@*/struct link_name *links;
+
+struct path_info {
+	const char *full_path;
+	int dirfd;
+	const char *name;
+};
+
+static int copy_entry (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                       bool reset_selinux,
+                       uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                       gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int copy_dir (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                     bool reset_selinux,
+                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                     uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                     gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename);
+static int copy_symlink (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                         unused bool reset_selinux,
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int copy_hardlink (const struct path_info *dst,
+                          unused bool reset_selinux,
+                          struct link_name *lp);
+static int copy_special (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                         bool reset_selinux,
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int copy_file (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                      bool reset_selinux,
+                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                      uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                      gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int chownat_if_needed (const struct path_info *dst, const struct stat *statp,
+                            uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                            gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+static int fchown_if_needed (int fdst, const struct stat *statp,
+                             uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                             gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
+
+#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
+/*
+ * error_acl - format the error messages for the ACL and EQ libraries.
+ */
+format_attr(printf, 2, 3)
+static void error_acl (unused struct error_context *ctx, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
+
+	/* ignore the case when destination does not support ACLs
+	 * or extended attributes */
+	if (ENOTSUP == errno) {
+		errno = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	va_start (ap, fmt);
+	(void) fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("%s: "), log_get_progname());
+	if (vfprintf (shadow_logfd, fmt, ap) != 0) {
+		(void) fputs (_(": "), shadow_logfd);
+	}
+	(void) fprintf (shadow_logfd, "%s\n", strerror (errno));
+	va_end (ap);
+}
+
+static struct error_context ctx = {
+	error_acl, NULL, NULL
+};
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */
+
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+static int perm_copy_path(const struct path_info *src,
+						  const struct path_info *dst,
+						  struct error_context *errctx)
+{
+	int src_fd, dst_fd, ret;
+
+	src_fd = openat(src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (src_fd < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	dst_fd = openat(dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (dst_fd < 0) {
+		(void) close (src_fd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	ret = perm_copy_fd(src->full_path, src_fd, dst->full_path, dst_fd, errctx);
+	(void) close (src_fd);
+	(void) close (dst_fd);
+	return ret;
+}
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
+
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+static int attr_copy_path(const struct path_info *src,
+						  const struct path_info *dst,
+						  int (*callback) (const char *, struct error_context *),
+						  struct error_context *errctx)
+{
+	int src_fd, dst_fd, ret;
+
+	src_fd = openat(src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (src_fd < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	dst_fd = openat(dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (dst_fd < 0) {
+		(void) close (src_fd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	ret = attr_copy_fd(src->full_path, src_fd, dst->full_path, dst_fd, callback, errctx);
+	(void) close (src_fd);
+	(void) close (dst_fd);
+	return ret;
+}
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+
+/*
+ * remove_link - delete a link from the linked list
+ */
+static void remove_link (/*@only@*/struct link_name *ln)
+{
+	struct link_name *lp;
+
+	if (links == ln) {
+		links = ln->ln_next;
+		free (ln->ln_name);
+		free (ln);
+		return;
+	}
+	for (lp = links; NULL !=lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
+		if (lp->ln_next == ln) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == lp) {
+		free (ln->ln_name);
+		free (ln);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	lp->ln_next = lp->ln_next->ln_next;
+	free (ln->ln_name);
+	free (ln);
+}
+
+/*
+ * check_link - see if a file is really a link
+ */
+
+static /*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, const struct stat *sb)
+{
+	struct link_name *lp;
+	size_t src_len;
+	size_t dst_len;
+	size_t name_len;
+	size_t len;
+
+	/* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
+	assert (NULL != src_orig);
+	assert (NULL != dst_orig);
+
+	for (lp = links; NULL != lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
+		if ((lp->ln_dev == sb->st_dev) && (lp->ln_ino == sb->st_ino)) {
+			return lp;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (sb->st_nlink == 1) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	lp = (struct link_name *) xmalloc (sizeof *lp);
+	src_len = strlen (src_orig);
+	dst_len = strlen (dst_orig);
+	name_len = strlen (name);
+	lp->ln_dev = sb->st_dev;
+	lp->ln_ino = sb->st_ino;
+	lp->ln_count = sb->st_nlink;
+	len = name_len - src_len + dst_len + 1;
+	lp->ln_name = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+	(void) snprintf (lp->ln_name, len, "%s%s", dst_orig, name + src_len);
+	lp->ln_next = links;
+	links = lp;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static int copy_tree_impl (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+               bool copy_root, bool reset_selinux,
+               uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+               gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	int dst_fd, src_fd, err = 0;
+	bool set_orig = false;
+	const struct dirent *ent;
+	DIR *dir;
+
+	if (copy_root) {
+		struct stat sb;
+
+		if (   fstatat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, &sb, 0) == 0
+		    || errno != ENOENT) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		if (fstatat (src->dirfd, src->name, &sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == -1) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		if (!S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			         "%s: %s is not a directory",
+			         log_get_progname(), src->full_path);
+			return -1;
+		}
+
+		return copy_entry (src, dst, reset_selinux,
+		                   old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Make certain both directories exist.  This routine is called
+	 * after the home directory is created, or recursively after the
+	 * target is created.  It assumes the target directory exists.
+	 */
+
+	src_fd = openat (src->dirfd, src->name, O_DIRECTORY | O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (src_fd < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	dst_fd = openat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_DIRECTORY | O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (dst_fd < 0) {
+		(void) close (src_fd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the source directory and read each entry.  Every file
+	 * entry in the directory is copied with the UID and GID set
+	 * to the provided values.  As an added security feature only
+	 * regular files (and directories ...) are copied, and no file
+	 * is made set-ID.
+	 */
+	dir = fdopendir (src_fd);
+	if (NULL == dir) {
+		(void) close (src_fd);
+		(void) close (dst_fd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (src_orig == NULL) {
+		src_orig = src->full_path;
+		dst_orig = dst->full_path;
+		set_orig = true;
+	}
+	while ((0 == err) && (ent = readdir (dir)) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
+		 */
+		if ((strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") != 0) &&
+		    (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") != 0)) {
+			char *src_name;
+			char *dst_name;
+			size_t src_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
+			size_t dst_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
+			src_len += strlen (src->full_path);
+			dst_len += strlen (dst->full_path);
+
+			src_name = (char *) malloc (src_len);
+			dst_name = (char *) malloc (dst_len);
+
+			if ((NULL == src_name) || (NULL == dst_name)) {
+				err = -1;
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * Build the filename for both the source and
+				 * the destination files.
+				 */
+				struct path_info src_entry, dst_entry;
+
+				(void) snprintf (src_name, src_len, "%s/%s",
+				                 src->full_path, ent->d_name);
+				(void) snprintf (dst_name, dst_len, "%s/%s",
+				                 dst->full_path, ent->d_name);
+
+				src_entry.full_path = src_name;
+				src_entry.dirfd = dirfd(dir);
+				src_entry.name = ent->d_name;
+
+				dst_entry.full_path = dst_name;
+				dst_entry.dirfd = dst_fd;
+				dst_entry.name = ent->d_name;
+
+				err = copy_entry (&src_entry, &dst_entry,
+				                  reset_selinux,
+				                  old_uid, new_uid,
+				                  old_gid, new_gid);
+			}
+			free (src_name);
+			free (dst_name);
+		}
+	}
+	(void) closedir (dir);
+	(void) close (dst_fd);
+
+	if (set_orig) {
+		src_orig = NULL;
+		dst_orig = NULL;
+		/* FIXME: clean links
+		 * Since there can be hardlinks elsewhere on the device,
+		 * we cannot check that all the hardlinks were found:
+		assert (NULL == links);
+		 */
+	}
+
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	/* Reset SELinux to create files with default contexts.
+	 * Note that the context is only reset on exit of copy_tree (it is
+	 * assumed that the program would quit without needing a restored
+	 * context if copy_tree failed previously), and that copy_tree can
+	 * be called recursively (hence the context is set on the
+	 * sub-functions of copy_entry).
+	 */
+	if (reset_selinux_file_context () != 0) {
+		err = -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy_entry - copy the entry of a directory
+ *
+ *	Copy the entry src to dst.
+ *	Depending on the type of entry, this function will forward the
+ *	request to copy_dir(), copy_symlink(), copy_hardlink(),
+ *	copy_special(), or copy_file().
+ *
+ *	The access and modification time will not be modified.
+ *
+ *	The permissions will be set to new_uid/new_gid.
+ *
+ *	If new_uid (resp. new_gid) is equal to -1, the user (resp. group) will
+ *	not be modified.
+ *
+ *	Only the files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp.
+ *	old_gid) will be modified, unless old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set
+ *	to -1.
+ */
+static int copy_entry (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                       bool reset_selinux,
+                       uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                       gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	int err = 0;
+	struct stat sb;
+	struct link_name *lp;
+	struct timespec mt[2];
+
+	if (fstatat(src->dirfd, src->name, &sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == -1) {
+		/* If we cannot stat the file, do not care. */
+	} else {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM
+		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atim.tv_sec;
+		mt[0].tv_nsec = sb.st_atim.tv_nsec;
+#else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */
+		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atime;
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
+		mt[0].tv_nsec = sb.st_atimensec;
+# else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
+		mt[0].tv_nsec = 0;
+# endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
+#endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM
+		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtim.tv_sec;
+		mt[1].tv_nsec = sb.st_mtim.tv_nsec;
+#else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */
+		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtime;
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC
+		mt[1].tv_nsec = sb.st_mtimensec;
+# else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
+		mt[1].tv_nsec = 0;
+# endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
+#endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */
+
+		if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
+			err = copy_dir (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Copy any symbolic links
+		 */
+
+		else if (S_ISLNK (sb.st_mode)) {
+			err = copy_symlink (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                    old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * See if this is a previously copied link
+		 */
+
+		else if ((lp = check_link (src->full_path, &sb)) != NULL) {
+			err = copy_hardlink (dst, reset_selinux, lp);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Deal with FIFOs and special files.  The user really
+		 * shouldn't have any of these, but it seems like it
+		 * would be nice to copy everything ...
+		 */
+
+		else if (!S_ISREG (sb.st_mode)) {
+			err = copy_special (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                    old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Create the new file and copy the contents.  The new
+		 * file will be owned by the provided UID and GID values.
+		 */
+
+		else {
+			err = copy_file (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
+			                 old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy_dir - copy a directory
+ *
+ *	Copy a directory (recursively) from src to dst.
+ *
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
+ *
+ *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+static int copy_dir (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                     bool reset_selinux,
+                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                     uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                     gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	int err = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Create a new target directory, make it owned by
+	 * the user and then recursively copy that directory.
+	 */
+
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFDIR) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+	if (   (mkdirat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, 0700) != 0)
+	    || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
+	                         old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
+	    || (fchmodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & 07777, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+	    || (   (perm_copy_path (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+	/*
+	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
+	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
+	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
+	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
+	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
+	 */
+	    || (   !reset_selinux
+	        && (attr_copy_path (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+	    || (copy_tree_impl (src, dst, false, reset_selinux,
+	                   old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
+	    || (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)) {
+		err = -1;
+	}
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+/*
+ * readlink_malloc - wrapper for readlink
+ *
+ * return NULL on error.
+ * The return string shall be freed by the caller.
+ */
+static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
+{
+	size_t size = 1024;
+
+	while (true) {
+		ssize_t nchars;
+		char *buffer = (char *) malloc (size);
+		if (NULL == buffer) {
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+		nchars = readlink (filename, buffer, size);
+
+		if (nchars < 0) {
+			free(buffer);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+		if ((size_t) nchars < size) { /* The buffer was large enough */
+			/* readlink does not nul-terminate */
+			buffer[nchars] = '\0';
+			return buffer;
+		}
+
+		/* Try again with a bigger buffer */
+		free (buffer);
+		size *= 2;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy_symlink - copy a symlink
+ *
+ *	Copy a symlink from src to dst.
+ *
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
+ *
+ *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+static int copy_symlink (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                         unused bool reset_selinux,
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	char *oldlink;
+
+	/* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
+	assert (NULL != src_orig);
+	assert (NULL != dst_orig);
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the name of the file which the link points
+	 * to.  If that name begins with the original
+	 * source directory name, that part of the link
+	 * name will be replaced with the original
+	 * destination directory name.
+	 */
+
+	oldlink = readlink_malloc (src->full_path);
+	if (NULL == oldlink) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* If src was a link to an entry of the src_orig directory itself,
+	 * create a link to the corresponding entry in the dst_orig
+	 * directory.
+	 */
+	if (strncmp (oldlink, src_orig, strlen (src_orig)) == 0) {
+		size_t len = strlen (dst_orig) + strlen (oldlink) - strlen (src_orig) + 1;
+		char *dummy = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+		(void) snprintf (dummy, len, "%s%s",
+		                 dst_orig,
+		                 oldlink + strlen (src_orig));
+		free (oldlink);
+		oldlink = dummy;
+	}
+
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFLNK) != 0) {
+		free (oldlink);
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+	if (   (symlinkat (oldlink, dst->dirfd, dst->name) != 0)
+	    || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
+	                          old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)) {
+		/* FIXME: there are no modes on symlinks, right?
+		 *        ACL could be copied, but this would be much more
+		 *        complex than calling perm_copy_file.
+		 *        Ditto for Extended Attributes.
+		 *        We currently only document that ACL and Extended
+		 *        Attributes are not copied.
+		 */
+		free (oldlink);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	free (oldlink);
+
+	if (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy_hardlink - copy a hardlink
+ *
+ *	Copy a hardlink from src to dst.
+ *
+ *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+static int copy_hardlink (const struct path_info *dst,
+                          unused bool reset_selinux,
+                          struct link_name *lp)
+{
+	/* FIXME: selinux, ACL, Extended Attributes needed? */
+
+	if (linkat (AT_FDCWD, lp->ln_name, dst->dirfd, dst->name, 0) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* If the file could be unlinked, decrement the links counter,
+	 * and forget about this link if it was the last reference */
+	lp->ln_count--;
+	if (lp->ln_count <= 0) {
+		remove_link (lp);
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy_special - copy a special file
+ *
+ *	Copy a special file from src to dst.
+ *
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
+ *
+ *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+static int copy_special (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                         bool reset_selinux,
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	int err = 0;
+
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, statp->st_mode & S_IFMT) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+
+	if (   (mknodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & ~07777U, statp->st_rdev) != 0)
+	    || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
+	                         old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
+	    || (fchmodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & 07777, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+	    || (   (perm_copy_path (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+	/*
+	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
+	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
+	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
+	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
+	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
+	 */
+	    || (   !reset_selinux
+	        && (attr_copy_path (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+		|| (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)) {
+		err = -1;
+	}
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+/*
+ * full_write - write entire buffer
+ *
+ * Write up to count bytes from the buffer starting at buf to the
+ * file referred to by the file descriptor fd.
+ * Retry in case of a short write.
+ *
+ * Returns the number of bytes written on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+static ssize_t full_write(int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) {
+	ssize_t written = 0;
+
+	while (count > 0) {
+		ssize_t res;
+
+		res = write(fd, buf, count);
+		if (res < 0) {
+			if (errno == EINTR) {
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			return res;
+		}
+
+		if (res == 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		written += res;
+		buf = (const unsigned char*)buf + res;
+		count -= (size_t)res;
+	}
+
+	return written;
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy_file - copy a file
+ *
+ *	Copy a file from src to dst.
+ *
+ *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
+ *	the access and modification and the access rights.
+ *
+ *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+static int copy_file (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
+                      bool reset_selinux,
+                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
+                      uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                      gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	int err = 0;
+	int ifd;
+	int ofd;
+
+	ifd = openat (src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY|O_NOFOLLOW|O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (ifd < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFREG) != 0) {
+		(void) close (ifd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
+	ofd = openat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_TRUNC | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC, 0600);
+	if (   (ofd < 0)
+	    || (fchown_if_needed (ofd, statp,
+	                          old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
+	    || (fchmod (ofd, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)
+#ifdef WITH_ACL
+	    || (   (perm_copy_fd (src->full_path, ifd, dst->full_path, ofd, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
+#ifdef WITH_ATTR
+	/*
+	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
+	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
+	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
+	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
+	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
+	 */
+	    || (   !reset_selinux
+	        && (attr_copy_fd (src->full_path, ifd, dst->full_path, ofd, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
+	        && (errno != 0))
+#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
+	   ) {
+		if (ofd >= 0) {
+			(void) close (ofd);
+		}
+		(void) close (ifd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	while (true) {
+		char buf[8192];
+		ssize_t cnt;
+
+		cnt = read (ifd, buf, sizeof buf);
+		if (cnt < 0) {
+			if (errno == EINTR) {
+				continue;
+			}
+			(void) close (ofd);
+			(void) close (ifd);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if (cnt == 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (full_write (ofd, buf, (size_t)cnt) < 0) {
+			(void) close (ofd);
+			(void) close (ifd);
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	(void) close (ifd);
+	if (close (ofd) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+#define def_chown_if_needed(chown_function, type_dst)                  \
+static int chown_function ## _if_needed (type_dst dst,                 \
+                                         const struct stat *statp,     \
+                                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, \
+                                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid) \
+{                                                                      \
+	uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;                                     \
+	gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;                                     \
+                                                                       \
+	/* Use new_uid if old_uid is set to -1 or if the file was      \
+	 * owned by the user. */                                       \
+	if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (statp->st_uid == old_uid)) {   \
+		tmpuid = new_uid;                                      \
+	}                                                              \
+	/* Otherwise, or if new_uid was set to -1, we keep the same    \
+	 * owner. */                                                   \
+	if ((uid_t) -1 == tmpuid) {                                    \
+		tmpuid = statp->st_uid;                                \
+	}                                                              \
+                                                                       \
+	if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (statp->st_gid == old_gid)) {   \
+		tmpgid = new_gid;                                      \
+	}                                                              \
+	if ((gid_t) -1 == tmpgid) {                                    \
+		tmpgid = statp->st_gid;                                \
+	}                                                              \
+                                                                       \
+	return chown_function (dst, tmpuid, tmpgid);                   \
+}
+
+def_chown_if_needed (fchown, int)
+
+static int chownat_if_needed (const struct path_info *dst,
+							  const struct stat *statp,
+                              uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+                              gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
+	gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
+
+	/* Use new_uid if old_uid is set to -1 or if the file was
+	 * owned by the user. */
+	if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (statp->st_uid == old_uid)) {
+		tmpuid = new_uid;
+	}
+	/* Otherwise, or if new_uid was set to -1, we keep the same
+	 * owner. */
+	if ((uid_t) -1 == tmpuid) {
+		tmpuid = statp->st_uid;
+	}
+
+	if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (statp->st_gid == old_gid)) {
+		tmpgid = new_gid;
+	}
+	if ((gid_t) -1 == tmpgid) {
+		tmpgid = statp->st_gid;
+	}
+
+	return fchownat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, tmpuid, tmpgid, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy_tree - copy files in a directory tree
+ *
+ *	copy_tree() walks a directory tree and copies ordinary files
+ *	as it goes.
+ *
+ *	When reset_selinux is enabled, extended attributes (and thus
+ *	SELinux attributes) are not copied.
+ *
+ *	old_uid and new_uid are used to set the ownership of the copied
+ *	files. Unless old_uid is set to -1, only the files owned by
+ *	old_uid have their ownership changed to new_uid. In addition, if
+ *	new_uid is set to -1, no ownership will be changed.
+ *
+ *	The same logic applies for the group-ownership and
+ *	old_gid/new_gid.
+ */
+int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
+               bool copy_root, bool reset_selinux,
+               uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
+               gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
+{
+	const struct path_info src = {
+		.full_path = src_root,
+		.dirfd = AT_FDCWD,
+		.name = src_root
+	};
+	const struct path_info dst = {
+		.full_path = dst_root,
+		.dirfd = AT_FDCWD,
+		.name = dst_root
+	};
+
+	return copy_tree_impl(&src, &dst, copy_root, reset_selinux,
+						  old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/date_to_str.c b/libmisc/date_to_str.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07e99f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/date_to_str.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021, Alejandro Colomar <alx.manpages@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+void date_to_str (size_t size, char buf[size], long date)
+{
+	time_t t;
+
+	t = date;
+	if (date < 0)
+		(void) strncpy (buf, "never", size);
+	else
+		(void) strftime (buf, size, "%Y-%m-%d", gmtime (&t));
+	buf[size - 1] = '\0';
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/entry.c b/libmisc/entry.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f5754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/entry.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+void pw_entry (const char *name, struct passwd *pwent)
+{
+	struct passwd *passwd;
+
+	struct spwd *spwd;
+
+	if (!(passwd = getpwnam (name))) { /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
+		pwent->pw_name = (char *) 0;
+		return;
+	} else {
+		pwent->pw_name = xstrdup (passwd->pw_name);
+		pwent->pw_uid = passwd->pw_uid;
+		pwent->pw_gid = passwd->pw_gid;
+		pwent->pw_gecos = xstrdup (passwd->pw_gecos);
+		pwent->pw_dir = xstrdup (passwd->pw_dir);
+		pwent->pw_shell = xstrdup (passwd->pw_shell);
+#if !defined(AUTOSHADOW)
+		/* local, no need for xgetspnam */
+		if ((spwd = getspnam (name))) {
+			pwent->pw_passwd = xstrdup (spwd->sp_pwdp);
+			return;
+		}
+#endif
+		pwent->pw_passwd = xstrdup (passwd->pw_passwd);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/env.c b/libmisc/env.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc6dbce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/env.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+/*
+ * NEWENVP_STEP must be a power of two.  This is the number
+ * of (char *) pointers to allocate at a time, to avoid using
+ * realloc() too often.
+ */
+#define NEWENVP_STEP 16
+size_t newenvc = 0;
+/*@null@*/char **newenvp = NULL;
+extern char **environ;
+
+static const char *const forbid[] = {
+	"_RLD_=",
+	"BASH_ENV=",		/* GNU creeping featurism strikes again... */
+	"ENV=",
+	"HOME=",
+	"IFS=",
+	"KRB_CONF=",
+	"LD_",			/* anything with the LD_ prefix */
+	"LIBPATH=",
+	"MAIL=",
+	"NLSPATH=",
+	"PATH=",
+	"SHELL=",
+	"SHLIB_PATH=",
+	(char *) 0
+};
+
+/* these are allowed, but with no slashes inside
+   (to work around security problems in GNU gettext) */
+static const char *const noslash[] = {
+	"LANG=",
+	"LANGUAGE=",
+	"LC_",			/* anything with the LC_ prefix */
+	(char *) 0
+};
+
+/*
+ * initenv() must be called once before using addenv().
+ */
+void initenv (void)
+{
+	newenvp = (char **) xmalloc (NEWENVP_STEP * sizeof (char *));
+	*newenvp = NULL;
+}
+
+
+void addenv (const char *string, /*@null@*/const char *value)
+{
+	char *cp, *newstring;
+	size_t i;
+	size_t n;
+
+	if (NULL != value) {
+		size_t len = strlen (string) + strlen (value) + 2;
+		int wlen;
+		newstring = xmalloc (len);
+		wlen = snprintf (newstring, len, "%s=%s", string, value);
+		assert (wlen == (int) len -1);
+	} else {
+		newstring = xstrdup (string);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search for a '=' character within the string and if none is found
+	 * just ignore the whole string.
+	 */
+
+	cp = strchr (newstring, '=');
+	if (NULL == cp) {
+		free (newstring);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	n = (size_t) (cp - newstring);
+
+	/*
+	 * If this environment variable is already set, change its value.
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < newenvc; i++) {
+		if (   (strncmp (newstring, newenvp[i], n) == 0)
+		    && (('=' == newenvp[i][n]) || ('\0' == newenvp[i][n]))) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (i < newenvc) {
+		free (newenvp[i]);
+		newenvp[i] = newstring;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Otherwise, save the new environment variable
+	 */
+	newenvp[newenvc++] = newstring;
+
+	/*
+	 * And extend the environment if needed.
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * Check whether newenvc is a multiple of NEWENVP_STEP.
+	 * If so we have to resize the vector.
+	 * the expression (newenvc & (NEWENVP_STEP - 1)) == 0
+	 * is equal to    (newenvc %  NEWENVP_STEP) == 0
+	 * as long as NEWENVP_STEP is a power of 2.
+	 */
+
+	if ((newenvc & (NEWENVP_STEP - 1)) == 0) {
+		char **__newenvp;
+		size_t newsize;
+
+		/*
+		 * If the resize operation succeeds we can
+		 * happily go on, else print a message.
+		 */
+
+		newsize = (newenvc + NEWENVP_STEP) * sizeof (char *);
+		__newenvp = (char **) realloc (newenvp, newsize);
+
+		if (NULL != __newenvp) {
+			/*
+			 * If this is our current environment, update
+			 * environ so that it doesn't point to some
+			 * free memory area (realloc() could move it).
+			 */
+			if (environ == newenvp) {
+				environ = __newenvp;
+			}
+			newenvp = __newenvp;
+		} else {
+			(void) fputs (_("Environment overflow\n"), log_get_logfd());
+			newenvc--;
+			free (newenvp[newenvc]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The last entry of newenvp must be NULL
+	 */
+
+	newenvp[newenvc] = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * set_env - copy command line arguments into the environment
+ */
+void set_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
+{
+	int noname = 1;
+	char variable[1024];
+	char *cp;
+
+	for (; argc > 0; argc--, argv++) {
+		if (strlen (*argv) >= sizeof variable) {
+			continue;	/* ignore long entries */
+		}
+
+		cp = strchr (*argv, '=');
+		if (NULL == cp) {
+			int wlen;
+			wlen = snprintf (variable, sizeof variable, "L%d", noname);
+			assert (wlen < (int) sizeof(variable));
+			noname++;
+			addenv (variable, *argv);
+		} else {
+			const char *const *p;
+
+			for (p = forbid; NULL != *p; p++) {
+				if (strncmp (*argv, *p, strlen (*p)) == 0) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (NULL != *p) {
+				strncpy (variable, *argv, (size_t)(cp - *argv));
+				variable[cp - *argv] = '\0';
+				printf (_("You may not change $%s\n"),
+					variable);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			addenv (*argv, NULL);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * sanitize_env - remove some nasty environment variables
+ * If you fall into a total paranoia, you should call this
+ * function for any root-setuid program or anything the user
+ * might change the environment with. 99% useless as almost
+ * all modern Unixes will handle setuid executables properly,
+ * but... I feel better with that silly precaution. -j.
+ */
+
+void sanitize_env (void)
+{
+	char **envp = environ;
+	const char *const *bad;
+	char **cur;
+	char **move;
+
+	for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
+		for (bad = forbid; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
+			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) == 0) {
+				for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
+					*move = *(move + 1);
+				}
+				cur--;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
+		for (bad = noslash; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
+			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) != 0) {
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (strchr (*cur, '/') == NULL) {
+				continue;	/* OK */
+			}
+			for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
+				*move = *(move + 1);
+			}
+			cur--;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/failure.c b/libmisc/failure.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1aab299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/failure.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2002 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "faillog.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "failure.h"
+#define	YEAR	(365L*DAY)
+/*
+ * failure - make failure entry
+ *
+ *	failure() creates a new (struct faillog) entry or updates an
+ *	existing one with the current failed login information.
+ */
+void failure (uid_t uid, const char *tty, struct faillog *fl)
+{
+	int fd;
+	off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
+
+	/*
+	 * Don't do anything if failure logging isn't set up.
+	 */
+
+	if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+		         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The file is indexed by UID value meaning that shared UID's
+	 * share failure log records.  That's OK since they really
+	 * share just about everything else ...
+	 */
+
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+	    || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
+		/* This is not necessarily a failure. The file is
+		 * initially zero length.
+		 *
+		 * If lseek() or read() failed for any other reason, this
+		 * might reset the counter. But the new failure will be
+		 * logged.
+		 */
+		memzero (fl, sizeof *fl);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Update the record.  We increment the failure count to log the
+	 * latest failure.  The only concern here is overflow, and we'll
+	 * check for that.  The line name and time of day are both
+	 * updated as well.
+	 */
+
+	if (fl->fail_cnt + 1 > 0) {
+		fl->fail_cnt++;
+	}
+
+	strncpy (fl->fail_line, tty, sizeof (fl->fail_line) - 1);
+	(void) time (&fl->fail_time);
+
+	/*
+	 * Seek back to the correct position in the file and write the
+	 * record out.  Ideally we should lock the file in case the same
+	 * account is being logged simultaneously.  But the risk doesn't
+	 * seem that great.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+	    || (write (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)
+	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+		         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
+		(void) close (fd);
+	}
+}
+
+static bool too_many_failures (const struct faillog *fl)
+{
+	time_t now;
+
+	if ((0 == fl->fail_max) || (fl->fail_cnt < fl->fail_max)) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == fl->fail_locktime) {
+		return true;	/* locked until reset manually */
+	}
+
+	(void) time (&now);
+	if ((fl->fail_time + fl->fail_locktime) < now) {
+		return false;	/* enough time since last failure */
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * failcheck - check for failures > allowable
+ *
+ *	failcheck() is called AFTER the password has been validated.  If the
+ *	account has been "attacked" with too many login failures, failcheck()
+ *	returns 0 to indicate that the login should be denied even though
+ *	the password is valid.
+ *
+ *	failed indicates if the login failed AFTER the password has been
+ *	       validated.
+ */
+
+int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed)
+{
+	int fd;
+	struct faillog fail;
+	off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
+
+	/*
+	 * Suppress the check if the log file isn't there.
+	 */
+
+	if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, failed?O_RDONLY:O_RDWR);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't open the faillog file (%s) to check UID %lu. "
+		         "User access authorized.",
+		         FAILLOG_FILE, (unsigned long) uid));
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the record from the file and determine if the user has
+	 * exceeded the failure limit.  If "max" is zero, any number
+	 * of failures are permitted.  Only when "max" is non-zero and
+	 * "cnt" is greater than or equal to "max" is the account
+	 * considered to be locked.
+	 *
+	 * If read fails, there is no record for this user yet (the
+	 * file is initially zero length and extended by writes), so
+	 * no need to reset the count.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+	    || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
+		(void) close (fd);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	if (too_many_failures (fl)) {
+		(void) close (fd);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The record is updated if this is not a failure.  The count will
+	 * be reset to zero, but the rest of the information will be left
+	 * in the record in case someone wants to see where the failed
+	 * login originated.
+	 */
+
+	if (!failed) {
+		fail = *fl;
+		fail.fail_cnt = 0;
+
+		if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+		    || (write (fd, (const void *) &fail, sizeof fail) != (ssize_t) sizeof fail)
+		    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+			SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+			         "Can't reset faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+			         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
+			(void) close (fd);
+		}
+	} else {
+		(void) close (fd);
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * failprint - print line of failure information
+ *
+ *	failprint takes a (struct faillog) entry and formats it into a
+ *	message which is displayed at login time.
+ */
+
+void failprint (const struct faillog *fail)
+{
+	struct tm *tp;
+	char lasttimeb[256];
+	char *lasttime = lasttimeb;
+	time_t NOW;
+
+	if (0 == fail->fail_cnt) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	tp = localtime (&(fail->fail_time));
+	(void) time (&NOW);
+
+	/*
+	 * Print all information we have.
+	 */
+	(void) strftime (lasttimeb, sizeof lasttimeb, "%c", tp);
+
+	/*@-formatconst@*/
+	(void) printf (ngettext ("%d failure since last login.\n"
+	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
+	                         "%d failures since last login.\n"
+	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
+	                         (unsigned long) fail->fail_cnt),
+	               fail->fail_cnt, lasttime, fail->fail_line);
+	/*@=formatconst@*/
+}
+
+/*
+ * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
+ *
+ *	failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
+ *	maintains a record of all login failures.
+ */
+
+void failtmp (const char *username,
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+		     const struct utmpx *failent
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+		     const struct utmp *failent
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+    )
+{
+	const char *ftmp;
+	int fd;
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the name of the failure file.  If no file has been defined
+	 * in login.defs, don't do this.
+	 */
+
+	ftmp = getdef_str ("FTMP_FILE");
+	if (NULL == ftmp) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the file for append.  It must already exist for this
+	 * feature to be used.
+	 */
+
+	if (access (ftmp, F_OK) != 0) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	fd = open (ftmp, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND);
+	if (-1 == fd) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
+		         username, ftmp));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Append the new failure record and close the log file.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (write (fd, (const void *) failent, sizeof *failent) != (ssize_t) sizeof *failent)
+	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
+		         username, ftmp));
+		(void) close (fd);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/failure.h b/libmisc/failure.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ac30d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/failure.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/* $Id$ */
+#ifndef _FAILURE_H_
+#define _FAILURE_H_
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "faillog.h"
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+#include <utmpx.h>
+#else					/* !USE_UTMPX */
+#include <utmp.h>
+#endif					/* !USE_UTMPX */
+
+/*
+ * failure - make failure entry
+ *
+ *	failure() creates a new (struct faillog) entry or updates an
+ *	existing one with the current failed login information.
+ */
+extern void failure (uid_t, const char *, struct faillog *);
+
+/*
+ * failcheck - check for failures > allowable
+ *
+ *	failcheck() is called AFTER the password has been validated.  If the
+ *	account has been "attacked" with too many login failures, failcheck()
+ *	returns FALSE to indicate that the login should be denied even though
+ *	the password is valid.
+ */
+extern int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed);
+
+/*
+ * failprint - print line of failure information
+ *
+ *	failprint takes a (struct faillog) entry and formats it into a
+ *	message which is displayed at login time.
+ */
+extern void failprint (const struct faillog *);
+
+/*
+ * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
+ *
+ *	failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
+ *	maintains a record of all login failures.
+ */
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmpx *);
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmp *);
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_gid.c b/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65ab5d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "groupio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
+ *
+ * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
+ *
+ * 0: The function completed successfully
+ * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
+ *
+ * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
+ * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
+ */
+static int get_ranges (bool sys_group, gid_t *min_id, gid_t *max_id,
+		       gid_t *preferred_min)
+{
+	gid_t gid_def_max = 0;
+
+	if (sys_group) {
+		/* System groups */
+
+		/* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
+		*preferred_min = (gid_t) 1;
+
+		/* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
+		*min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MIN", 101UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * If SYS_GID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
+		 * less than the GID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
+		 */
+		gid_def_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
+		*max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MAX",
+				(unsigned long) gid_def_max);
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+                            _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_GID_MIN (%lu), "
+                              "GID_MIN (%lu), SYS_GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+                            log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
+                            getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL),
+                            (unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Zero is reserved for root and the allocation algorithm does not
+		 * work right with it.
+		 */
+		if (*min_id == 0) {
+			*min_id = (gid_t) 1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* Non-system groups */
+
+		/* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
+		*min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL);
+		*max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MAX", 60000UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
+		 * for non-system groups.
+		 */
+		*preferred_min = *min_id;
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+					_("%s: Invalid configuration: GID_MIN (%lu), "
+					  "GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+					log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
+					(unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * check_gid - See if the requested GID is available
+ *
+ * On success, return 0
+ * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
+ * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
+ * In other cases, return errno from getgrgid()
+ */
+static int check_gid (const gid_t gid,
+		      const gid_t gid_min,
+		      const gid_t gid_max,
+		      const bool *used_gids)
+{
+	/* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
+	if (gid < gid_min || gid > gid_max) {
+		return ERANGE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check whether we already detected this GID
+	 * using the gr_next() loop
+	 */
+	if (used_gids != NULL && used_gids[gid]) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	}
+	/* Check if the GID exists according to NSS */
+	errno = 0;
+	if (prefix_getgrgid (gid) != NULL) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	} else {
+		/* getgrgid() was NULL
+		 * we have to ignore errors as temporary
+		 * failures of remote user identity services
+		 * would completely block user/group creation
+		 */
+	}
+
+	/* If we've made it here, the GID must be available */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * find_new_gid - Find a new unused GID.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_gid provides an unused group ID in the
+ * [GID_MIN:GID_MAX] range.
+ * This ID should be higher than all the used GID, but if not possible,
+ * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_gid (bool sys_group,
+                 gid_t *gid,
+                 /*@null@*/gid_t const *preferred_gid)
+{
+	bool *used_gids;
+	const struct group *grp;
+	gid_t gid_min, gid_max, preferred_min;
+	gid_t id;
+	gid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
+	int result;
+	int nospam = 0;
+
+	assert(gid != NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
+	 * automatic assignment
+	 */
+	result = get_ranges (sys_group, &gid_min, &gid_max, &preferred_min);
+	if (result == EINVAL) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the preferred GID is available */
+	if (preferred_gid) {
+		result = check_gid (*preferred_gid, preferred_min, gid_max, NULL);
+		if (result == 0) {
+			/*
+			 * Make sure the GID isn't queued for use already
+			 */
+			if (gr_locate_gid (*preferred_gid) == NULL) {
+				*gid = *preferred_gid;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * gr_locate_gid() found the GID in an as-yet uncommitted
+			 * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set a GID.
+			 */
+		} else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
+			/*
+			 * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
+			 * treat these two cases differently.
+			 */
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
+			 * this and fail the group creation.
+			 * This differs from the automatic creation
+			 * behavior below, since if a specific GID was
+			 * requested and generated an error, the user is
+			 * more likely to want to stop and address the
+			 * issue.
+			 */
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				_("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
+				  "preferred GID: %s\n"),
+				log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search the entire group file,
+	 * looking for the next unused value.
+	 *
+	 * We first check the local database with gr_rewind/gr_next to find
+	 * all local values that are in use.
+	 *
+	 * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
+	 * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
+	 * values beyond the lowest (system groups) or highest (non-system
+	 * groups), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
+	 * deleted group (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
+	 * access to files belonging to that former group).
+	 *
+	 * If there are no GIDs available at the end of the search, we will
+	 * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
+	 *
+	 */
+
+	/* Create an array to hold all of the discovered GIDs */
+	used_gids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (gid_max +1));
+	if (NULL == used_gids) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			 _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
+			 log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
+		return -1;
+	}
+	memset (used_gids, false, sizeof (bool) * (gid_max + 1));
+
+	/* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
+	(void) gr_rewind ();
+	highest_found = gid_min;
+	lowest_found = gid_max;
+	while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a lower GID than the lowest we've found
+		 * so far?
+		 */
+		if ((grp->gr_gid <= lowest_found) && (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min)) {
+			lowest_found = grp->gr_gid - 1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a higher GID than the highest we've found
+		 * so far?
+		 */
+		if ((grp->gr_gid >= highest_found) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
+			highest_found = grp->gr_gid + 1;
+		}
+
+		/* create index of used GIDs */
+		if (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min
+			&& grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
+
+			used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (sys_group) {
+		/*
+		 * For system groups, we want to start from the
+		 * top of the range and work downwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MIN - 1.
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found < gid_min) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MIN.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to GID_MAX and proceed down
+			 * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			lowest_found = gid_max;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = lowest_found; id >= gid_min; id--) {
+			result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+				*gid = id;
+				free (used_gids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+						_("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MAX,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
+		 * GID_MAX - 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found != gid_max) {
+			for (id = gid_max; id >= gid_min; id--) {
+				result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+					*gid = id;
+					free (used_gids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+							_("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} else { /* !sys_group */
+		/*
+		 * For non-system groups, we want to start from the
+		 * bottom of the range and work upwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MAX + 1.
+		 */
+		if (highest_found > gid_max) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MAX.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to GID_MIN and proceed up
+			 * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			highest_found = gid_min;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = highest_found; id <= gid_max; id++) {
+			result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+				*gid = id;
+				free (used_gids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+						_("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MIN,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
+		 * GID_MIN + 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (highest_found != gid_min) {
+			for (id = gid_min; id <= gid_max; id++) {
+				result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This GID is available. Return it. */
+					*gid = id;
+					free (used_gids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+							_("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
+	fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		_("%s: Can't get unique GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
+		log_get_progname());
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available GIDs on the system"));
+	free (used_gids);
+	return -1;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c b/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbd4570
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2012 Eric Biederman
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ * find_new_sub_gids - Find a new unused range of GIDs.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_sub_gids provides a range of unused
+ * user IDs in the [SUB_GID_MIN:SUB_GID_MAX] range.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_sub_gids (gid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
+{
+	unsigned long min, max;
+	unsigned long count;
+	gid_t start;
+
+	assert (range_start != NULL);
+	assert (range_count != NULL);
+
+	min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MIN", 100000UL);
+	max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MAX", 600100000UL);
+	count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_COUNT", 65536);
+
+	if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
+		(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				_("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_GID_MIN (%lu),"
+				  " SUB_GID_MAX (%lu), SUB_GID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
+			log_get_progname(), min, max, count);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	start = sub_gid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
+	if (start == (gid_t)-1) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate GID range\n"),
+		         log_get_progname());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate GIDs on the system"));
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*range_start = start;
+	*range_count = count;
+	return 0;
+}
+#else				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c b/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a86b311
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2012 Eric Biederman
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ * find_new_sub_uids - Find a new unused range of UIDs.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_sub_uids provides a range of unused
+ * user IDs in the [SUB_UID_MIN:SUB_UID_MAX] range.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_sub_uids (uid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
+{
+	unsigned long min, max;
+	unsigned long count;
+	uid_t start;
+
+	assert (range_start != NULL);
+	assert (range_count != NULL);
+
+	min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MIN", 100000UL);
+	max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MAX", 600100000UL);
+	count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_COUNT", 65536);
+
+	if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
+		(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				_("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_UID_MIN (%lu),"
+				  " SUB_UID_MAX (%lu), SUB_UID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
+			log_get_progname(), min, max, count);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	start = sub_uid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
+	if (start == (uid_t)-1) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate UID range\n"),
+		         log_get_progname());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate UIDs on the system"));
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*range_start = start;
+	*range_count = count;
+	return 0;
+}
+#else				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_uid.c b/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f7e74b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "pwio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
+ *
+ * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
+ *
+ * 0: The function completed successfully
+ * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
+ *
+ * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
+ * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
+ */
+static int get_ranges (bool sys_user, uid_t *min_id, uid_t *max_id,
+			uid_t *preferred_min)
+{
+	uid_t uid_def_max = 0;
+
+	if (sys_user) {
+		/* System users */
+
+		/* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
+		*preferred_min = (uid_t) 1;
+
+		/* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
+		*min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MIN", 101UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * If SYS_UID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
+		 * less than the UID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
+		 */
+		uid_def_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
+		*max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MAX",
+				(unsigned long) uid_def_max);
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+                            _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_UID_MIN (%lu), "
+                              "UID_MIN (%lu), SYS_UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+                            log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
+                            getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL),
+                            (unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Zero is reserved for root and the allocation algorithm does not
+		 * work right with it.
+		 */
+		if (*min_id == 0) {
+			*min_id = (uid_t) 1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* Non-system users */
+
+		/* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
+		*min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL);
+		*max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MAX", 60000UL);
+
+		/*
+		 * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
+		 * for non-system users.
+		 */
+		*preferred_min = *min_id;
+
+		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
+		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
+			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+					_("%s: Invalid configuration: UID_MIN (%lu), "
+					  "UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
+					log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
+					(unsigned long) *max_id);
+			return EINVAL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * check_uid - See if the requested UID is available
+ *
+ * On success, return 0
+ * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
+ * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
+ * In other cases, return errno from getpwuid()
+ */
+static int check_uid(const uid_t uid,
+		     const uid_t uid_min,
+		     const uid_t uid_max,
+		     const bool *used_uids)
+{
+	/* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
+	if (uid < uid_min || uid > uid_max) {
+		return ERANGE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check whether we already detected this UID
+	 * using the pw_next() loop
+	 */
+	if (used_uids != NULL && used_uids[uid]) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	}
+	/* Check if the UID exists according to NSS */
+	errno = 0;
+	if (prefix_getpwuid(uid) != NULL) {
+		return EEXIST;
+	} else {
+		/* getpwuid() was NULL
+		 * we have to ignore errors as temporary
+		 * failures of remote user identity services
+		 * would completely block user/group creation
+		 */
+	}
+
+	/* If we've made it here, the UID must be available */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * find_new_uid - Find a new unused UID.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_uid provides an unused user ID in the
+ * [UID_MIN:UID_MAX] range.
+ * This ID should be higher than all the used UID, but if not possible,
+ * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_uid(bool sys_user,
+                 uid_t *uid,
+                 /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid)
+{
+	bool *used_uids;
+	const struct passwd *pwd;
+	uid_t uid_min, uid_max, preferred_min;
+	uid_t id;
+	uid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
+	int result;
+	int nospam = 0;
+
+	assert (uid != NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
+	 * automatic assignment
+	 */
+	result = get_ranges (sys_user, &uid_min, &uid_max, &preferred_min);
+	if (result == EINVAL) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the preferred UID is available */
+	if (preferred_uid) {
+		result = check_uid (*preferred_uid, preferred_min, uid_max, NULL);
+		if (result == 0) {
+			/*
+			 * Make sure the UID isn't queued for use already
+			 */
+			if (pw_locate_uid (*preferred_uid) == NULL) {
+				*uid = *preferred_uid;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * pw_locate_uid() found the UID in an as-yet uncommitted
+			 * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set an UID.
+			 */
+		} else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
+			/*
+			 * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
+			 * treat these two cases differently.
+			 */
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
+			 * this and fail the user creation.
+			 * This differs from the automatic creation
+			 * behavior below, since if a specific UID was
+			 * requested and generated an error, the user is
+			 * more likely to want to stop and address the
+			 * issue.
+			 */
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				_("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
+				  "preferred UID: %s\n"),
+				log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search the entire passwd file,
+	 * looking for the next unused value.
+	 *
+	 * We first check the local database with pw_rewind/pw_next to find
+	 * all local values that are in use.
+	 *
+	 * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
+	 * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
+	 * values beyond the lowest (system users) or highest (non-system
+	 * users), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
+	 * deleted user (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
+	 * access to files belonging to that former user).
+	 *
+	 * If there are no UIDs available at the end of the search, we will
+	 * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
+	 *
+	 */
+
+	/* Create an array to hold all of the discovered UIDs */
+	used_uids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (uid_max +1));
+	if (NULL == used_uids) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			 _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
+			 log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
+		return -1;
+	}
+	memset (used_uids, false, sizeof (bool) * (uid_max + 1));
+
+	/* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
+	(void) pw_rewind ();
+	highest_found = uid_min;
+	lowest_found = uid_max;
+	while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a lower UID than the lowest we've found
+		 * so far?
+		 */
+		if ((pwd->pw_uid <= lowest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min)) {
+			lowest_found = pwd->pw_uid - 1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Does this entry have a higher UID than the highest we've found
+		 * so far?
+		 */
+		if ((pwd->pw_uid >= highest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
+			highest_found = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
+		}
+
+		/* create index of used UIDs */
+		if (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min
+			&& pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
+
+			used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (sys_user) {
+		/*
+		 * For system users, we want to start from the
+		 * top of the range and work downwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MIN - 1.
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found < uid_min) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, an UID is in use at UID_MIN.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to UID_MAX and proceed down
+			 * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			lowest_found = uid_max;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = lowest_found; id >= uid_min; id--) {
+			result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+				*uid = id;
+				free (used_uids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+						_("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MAX,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
+		 * UID_MAX - 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (lowest_found != uid_max) {
+			for (id = uid_max; id >= uid_min; id--) {
+				result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+					*uid = id;
+					free (used_uids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+							_("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} else { /* !sys_user */
+		/*
+		 * For non-system users, we want to start from the
+		 * bottom of the range and work upwards.
+		 */
+
+		/*
+		 * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
+		 * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MAX + 1.
+		 */
+		if (highest_found > uid_max) {
+			/*
+			 * In this case, a UID is in use at UID_MAX.
+			 *
+			 * We will reset the search to UID_MIN and proceed up
+			 * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
+			 * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
+			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
+			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
+			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
+			 * explicitly).
+			 */
+			highest_found = uid_min;
+		}
+
+		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
+		for (id = highest_found; id <= uid_max; id++) {
+			result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+			if (result == 0) {
+				/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+				*uid = id;
+				free (used_uids);
+				return 0;
+			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+				/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * An unexpected error occurred.
+				 *
+				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+				 * the logs
+				 *
+				 */
+				if (!nospam) {
+					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+						_("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
+						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+						"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+						strerror (result)));
+					nospam = 1;
+				}
+				/*
+				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+				 * will work properly.
+				 */
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MIN,
+		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
+		 * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
+		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
+		 * UID_MIN + 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
+		 * network services such as LDAP.)
+		 */
+		if (highest_found != uid_min) {
+			for (id = uid_min; id <= uid_max; id++) {
+				result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
+				if (result == 0) {
+					/* This UID is available. Return it. */
+					*uid = id;
+					free (used_uids);
+					return 0;
+				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
+					/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
+				} else {
+					/*
+					 * An unexpected error occurred.
+					 *
+					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
+					 * the logs
+					 *
+					 */
+					if (!nospam) {
+						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+							_("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
+							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
+							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
+						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+							"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
+							strerror (result)));
+						nospam = 1;
+					}
+					/*
+					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
+					 * will work properly.
+					 */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
+	fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		_("%s: Can't get unique UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
+		log_get_progname());
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available UIDs on the system"));
+	free (used_uids);
+	return -1;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.c b/libmisc/getdate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc17c18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/getdate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2540 @@
+/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.8.2.  */
+
+/* Bison implementation for Yacc-like parsers in C
+
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
+   part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
+   under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
+   parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
+   as a parser skeleton.  Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
+   the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
+   special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
+   Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
+   License without this special exception.
+
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
+   version 2.2 of Bison.  */
+
+/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by
+   simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser.  */
+
+/* DO NOT RELY ON FEATURES THAT ARE NOT DOCUMENTED in the manual,
+   especially those whose name start with YY_ or yy_.  They are
+   private implementation details that can be changed or removed.  */
+
+/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
+   infringing on user name space.  This should be done even for local
+   variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
+   There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
+   define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
+   USER NAME SPACE" below.  */
+
+/* Identify Bison output, and Bison version.  */
+#define YYBISON 30802
+
+/* Bison version string.  */
+#define YYBISON_VERSION "3.8.2"
+
+/* Skeleton name.  */
+#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
+
+/* Pure parsers.  */
+#define YYPURE 0
+
+/* Push parsers.  */
+#define YYPUSH 0
+
+/* Pull parsers.  */
+#define YYPULL 1
+
+
+
+
+/* First part of user prologue.  */
+#line 1 "getdate.y"
+
+/*
+**  Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
+**  at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
+**  a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
+**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
+**
+**  This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
+**
+**  This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Since the code of getdate.y is not included in the Emacs executable
+   itself, there is no need to #define static in this file.  Even if
+   the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
+   wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
+   problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
+   think this code needs to do.  */
+#ifdef emacs
+# undef static
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "getdate.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
+   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
+   to redefine it here.  */
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
+# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
+#endif
+
+/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
+   as well as gratuitously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
+   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
+   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
+   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
+   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
+   names to this list. */
+
+#define yymaxdepth gd_maxdepth
+#define yyparse gd_parse
+#define yylex   gd_lex
+#define yyerror gd_error
+#define yylval  gd_lval
+#define yychar  gd_char
+#define yydebug gd_debug
+#define yypact  gd_pact
+#define yyr1    gd_r1
+#define yyr2    gd_r2
+#define yydef   gd_def
+#define yychk   gd_chk
+#define yypgo   gd_pgo
+#define yyact   gd_act
+#define yyexca  gd_exca
+#define yyerrflag gd_errflag
+#define yynerrs gd_nerrs
+#define yyps    gd_ps
+#define yypv    gd_pv
+#define yys     gd_s
+#define yy_yys  gd_yys
+#define yystate gd_state
+#define yytmp   gd_tmp
+#define yyv     gd_v
+#define yy_yyv  gd_yyv
+#define yyval   gd_val
+#define yylloc  gd_lloc
+#define yyreds  gd_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yytoks  gd_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yylhs   gd_yylhs
+#define yylen   gd_yylen
+#define yydefred gd_yydefred
+#define yydgoto gd_yydgoto
+#define yysindex gd_yysindex
+#define yyrindex gd_yyrindex
+#define yygindex gd_yygindex
+#define yytable  gd_yytable
+#define yycheck  gd_yycheck
+
+static int yylex (void);
+static int yyerror (const char *s);
+
+#define EPOCH		1970
+#define HOUR(x)		((x) * 60)
+
+#define MAX_BUFF_LEN    128   /* size of buffer to read the date into */
+
+/*
+**  An entry in the lexical lookup table.
+*/
+typedef struct _TABLE {
+    const char	*name;
+    int		type;
+    int		value;
+} TABLE;
+
+
+/*
+**  Meridian:  am, pm, or 24-hour style.
+*/
+typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
+    MERam, MERpm, MER24
+} MERIDIAN;
+
+
+/*
+**  Global variables.  We could get rid of most of these by using a good
+**  union as the yacc stack.  (This routine was originally written before
+**  yacc had the %union construct.)  Maybe someday; right now we only use
+**  the %union very rarely.
+*/
+static const char	*yyInput;
+static int	yyDayOrdinal;
+static int	yyDayNumber;
+static int	yyHaveDate;
+static int	yyHaveDay;
+static int	yyHaveRel;
+static int	yyHaveTime;
+static int	yyHaveZone;
+static int	yyTimezone;
+static int	yyDay;
+static int	yyHour;
+static int	yyMinutes;
+static int	yyMonth;
+static int	yySeconds;
+static int	yyYear;
+static MERIDIAN	yyMeridian;
+static int	yyRelDay;
+static int	yyRelHour;
+static int	yyRelMinutes;
+static int	yyRelMonth;
+static int	yyRelSeconds;
+static int	yyRelYear;
+
+
+#line 219 "getdate.c"
+
+# ifndef YY_CAST
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define YY_CAST(Type, Val) static_cast<Type> (Val)
+#   define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) reinterpret_cast<Type> (Val)
+#  else
+#   define YY_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
+#   define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef YY_NULLPTR
+#  if defined __cplusplus
+#   if 201103L <= __cplusplus
+#    define YY_NULLPTR nullptr
+#   else
+#    define YY_NULLPTR 0
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define YY_NULLPTR ((void*)0)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+
+/* Debug traces.  */
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG 0
+#endif
+#if YYDEBUG
+extern int yydebug;
+#endif
+
+/* Token kinds.  */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# define YYTOKENTYPE
+  enum yytokentype
+  {
+    YYEMPTY = -2,
+    YYEOF = 0,                     /* "end of file"  */
+    YYerror = 256,                 /* error  */
+    YYUNDEF = 257,                 /* "invalid token"  */
+    tAGO = 258,                    /* tAGO  */
+    tDAY = 259,                    /* tDAY  */
+    tDAY_UNIT = 260,               /* tDAY_UNIT  */
+    tDAYZONE = 261,                /* tDAYZONE  */
+    tDST = 262,                    /* tDST  */
+    tHOUR_UNIT = 263,              /* tHOUR_UNIT  */
+    tID = 264,                     /* tID  */
+    tMERIDIAN = 265,               /* tMERIDIAN  */
+    tMINUTE_UNIT = 266,            /* tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+    tMONTH = 267,                  /* tMONTH  */
+    tMONTH_UNIT = 268,             /* tMONTH_UNIT  */
+    tSEC_UNIT = 269,               /* tSEC_UNIT  */
+    tSNUMBER = 270,                /* tSNUMBER  */
+    tUNUMBER = 271,                /* tUNUMBER  */
+    tYEAR_UNIT = 272,              /* tYEAR_UNIT  */
+    tZONE = 273                    /* tZONE  */
+  };
+  typedef enum yytokentype yytoken_kind_t;
+#endif
+/* Token kinds.  */
+#define YYEMPTY -2
+#define YYEOF 0
+#define YYerror 256
+#define YYUNDEF 257
+#define tAGO 258
+#define tDAY 259
+#define tDAY_UNIT 260
+#define tDAYZONE 261
+#define tDST 262
+#define tHOUR_UNIT 263
+#define tID 264
+#define tMERIDIAN 265
+#define tMINUTE_UNIT 266
+#define tMONTH 267
+#define tMONTH_UNIT 268
+#define tSEC_UNIT 269
+#define tSNUMBER 270
+#define tUNUMBER 271
+#define tYEAR_UNIT 272
+#define tZONE 273
+
+/* Value type.  */
+#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
+union YYSTYPE
+{
+#line 149 "getdate.y"
+
+    int			Number;
+    enum _MERIDIAN	Meridian;
+
+#line 310 "getdate.c"
+
+};
+typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
+#endif
+
+
+extern YYSTYPE yylval;
+
+
+int yyparse (void);
+
+
+
+/* Symbol kind.  */
+enum yysymbol_kind_t
+{
+  YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY = -2,
+  YYSYMBOL_YYEOF = 0,                      /* "end of file"  */
+  YYSYMBOL_YYerror = 1,                    /* error  */
+  YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF = 2,                    /* "invalid token"  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tAGO = 3,                       /* tAGO  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDAY = 4,                       /* tDAY  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDAY_UNIT = 5,                  /* tDAY_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDAYZONE = 6,                   /* tDAYZONE  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDST = 7,                       /* tDST  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tHOUR_UNIT = 8,                 /* tHOUR_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tID = 9,                        /* tID  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMERIDIAN = 10,                 /* tMERIDIAN  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMINUTE_UNIT = 11,              /* tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMONTH = 12,                    /* tMONTH  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMONTH_UNIT = 13,               /* tMONTH_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tSEC_UNIT = 14,                 /* tSEC_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tSNUMBER = 15,                  /* tSNUMBER  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tUNUMBER = 16,                  /* tUNUMBER  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tYEAR_UNIT = 17,                /* tYEAR_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tZONE = 18,                     /* tZONE  */
+  YYSYMBOL_19_ = 19,                       /* ':'  */
+  YYSYMBOL_20_ = 20,                       /* ','  */
+  YYSYMBOL_21_ = 21,                       /* '/'  */
+  YYSYMBOL_YYACCEPT = 22,                  /* $accept  */
+  YYSYMBOL_spec = 23,                      /* spec  */
+  YYSYMBOL_item = 24,                      /* item  */
+  YYSYMBOL_time = 25,                      /* time  */
+  YYSYMBOL_zone = 26,                      /* zone  */
+  YYSYMBOL_day = 27,                       /* day  */
+  YYSYMBOL_date = 28,                      /* date  */
+  YYSYMBOL_rel = 29,                       /* rel  */
+  YYSYMBOL_relunit = 30,                   /* relunit  */
+  YYSYMBOL_number = 31,                    /* number  */
+  YYSYMBOL_o_merid = 32                    /* o_merid  */
+};
+typedef enum yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol_kind_t;
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef short
+# undef short
+#endif
+
+/* On compilers that do not define __PTRDIFF_MAX__ etc., make sure
+   <limits.h> and (if available) <stdint.h> are included
+   so that the code can choose integer types of a good width.  */
+
+#ifndef __PTRDIFF_MAX__
+# include <limits.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#  include <stdint.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YY_STDINT_H
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Narrow types that promote to a signed type and that can represent a
+   signed or unsigned integer of at least N bits.  In tables they can
+   save space and decrease cache pressure.  Promoting to a signed type
+   helps avoid bugs in integer arithmetic.  */
+
+#ifdef __INT_LEAST8_MAX__
+typedef __INT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_int8;
+#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
+typedef int_least8_t yytype_int8;
+#else
+typedef signed char yytype_int8;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __INT_LEAST16_MAX__
+typedef __INT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_int16;
+#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
+typedef int_least16_t yytype_int16;
+#else
+typedef short yytype_int16;
+#endif
+
+/* Work around bug in HP-UX 11.23, which defines these macros
+   incorrectly for preprocessor constants.  This workaround can likely
+   be removed in 2023, as HPE has promised support for HP-UX 11.23
+   (aka HP-UX 11i v2) only through the end of 2022; see Table 2 of
+   <https://h20195.www2.hpe.com/V2/getpdf.aspx/4AA4-7673ENW.pdf>.  */
+#ifdef __hpux
+# undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+# undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX 255
+# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX 65535
+#endif
+
+#if defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
+typedef __UINT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_uint8;
+#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
+       && UINT_LEAST8_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+typedef uint_least8_t yytype_uint8;
+#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX
+typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
+#else
+typedef short yytype_uint8;
+#endif
+
+#if defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
+typedef __UINT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_uint16;
+#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
+       && UINT_LEAST16_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+typedef uint_least16_t yytype_uint16;
+#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && USHRT_MAX <= INT_MAX
+typedef unsigned short yytype_uint16;
+#else
+typedef int yytype_uint16;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYPTRDIFF_T
+# if defined __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ && defined __PTRDIFF_MAX__
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_T __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM __PTRDIFF_MAX__
+# elif defined PTRDIFF_MAX
+#  ifndef ptrdiff_t
+#   include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  endif
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM PTRDIFF_MAX
+# else
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_T long
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM LONG_MAX
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYSIZE_T
+# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
+#  define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
+# elif defined size_t
+#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# elif defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#  include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# else
+#  define YYSIZE_T unsigned
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM                                  \
+  YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T,                                 \
+           (YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM < YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1)  \
+            ? YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM                         \
+            : YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1)))
+
+#define YYSIZEOF(X) YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T, sizeof (X))
+
+
+/* Stored state numbers (used for stacks). */
+typedef yytype_int8 yy_state_t;
+
+/* State numbers in computations.  */
+typedef int yy_state_fast_t;
+
+#ifndef YY_
+# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS
+#  if ENABLE_NLS
+#   include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   define YY_(Msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", Msgid)
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef YY_
+#  define YY_(Msgid) Msgid
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (96 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E.  */
+#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
+# define YY_USE(E) ((void) (E))
+#else
+# define YY_USE(E) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* Suppress an incorrect diagnostic about yylval being uninitialized.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 406 <= __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__
+# if __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__ < 407
+#  define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN                           \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                                     \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")
+# else
+#  define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN                           \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                                     \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")              \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmaybe-uninitialized\"")
+# endif
+# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END      \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#else
+# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) Value
+#endif
+#ifndef YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+#endif
+#ifndef YY_INITIAL_VALUE
+# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) /* Nothing. */
+#endif
+
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 6 <= __GNUC__
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN                          \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                            \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuseless-cast\"")
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END            \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#endif
+#ifndef YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
+#endif
+
+
+#define YY_ASSERT(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
+
+#if !defined yyoverflow
+
+/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#  if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#   ifdef __GNUC__
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
+#   elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR
+#    include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   elif defined _AIX
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
+#   elif defined _MSC_VER
+#    include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#    define alloca _alloca
+#   else
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#    if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
+#     include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+      /* Use EXIT_SUCCESS as a witness for stdlib.h.  */
+#     ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#      define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
+   /* Pacify GCC's 'empty if-body' warning.  */
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
+#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
+    /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+       and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+       invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096.  Use a slightly smaller number
+       to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
+#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
+#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
+#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
+#  endif
+#  if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS \
+       && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
+             && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
+#   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#    define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifndef YYMALLOC
+#   define YYMALLOC malloc
+#   if ! defined malloc && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
+void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifndef YYFREE
+#   define YYFREE free
+#   if ! defined free && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
+void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif /* !defined yyoverflow */
+
+#if (! defined yyoverflow \
+     && (! defined __cplusplus \
+         || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+
+/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
+union yyalloc
+{
+  yy_state_t yyss_alloc;
+  YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc;
+};
+
+/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
+# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (YYSIZEOF (union yyalloc) - 1)
+
+/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
+   N elements.  */
+# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+     ((N) * (YYSIZEOF (yy_state_t) + YYSIZEOF (YYSTYPE)) \
+      + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)
+
+# define YYCOPY_NEEDED 1
+
+/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one.  The
+   local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
+   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
+   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
+   stack.  */
+# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack)                           \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        YYPTRDIFF_T yynewbytes;                                         \
+        YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize);                    \
+        Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc;                                    \
+        yynewbytes = yystacksize * YYSIZEOF (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
+        yyptr += yynewbytes / YYSIZEOF (*yyptr);                        \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined YYCOPY_NEEDED && YYCOPY_NEEDED
+/* Copy COUNT objects from SRC to DST.  The source and destination do
+   not overlap.  */
+# ifndef YYCOPY
+#  if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
+#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \
+      __builtin_memcpy (Dst, Src, YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, (Count)) * sizeof (*(Src)))
+#  else
+#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count)              \
+      do                                        \
+        {                                       \
+          YYPTRDIFF_T yyi;                      \
+          for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++)   \
+            (Dst)[yyi] = (Src)[yyi];            \
+        }                                       \
+      while (0)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif /* !YYCOPY_NEEDED */
+
+/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state.  */
+#define YYFINAL  2
+/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE.  */
+#define YYLAST   50
+
+/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals.  */
+#define YYNTOKENS  22
+/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals.  */
+#define YYNNTS  11
+/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules.  */
+#define YYNRULES  51
+/* YYNSTATES -- Number of states.  */
+#define YYNSTATES  61
+
+/* YYMAXUTOK -- Last valid token kind.  */
+#define YYMAXUTOK   273
+
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(TOKEN-NUM) -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
+   as returned by yylex, with out-of-bounds checking.  */
+#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX)                                \
+  (0 <= (YYX) && (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK                     \
+   ? YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yytranslate[YYX])        \
+   : YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF)
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE[TOKEN-NUM] -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
+   as returned by yylex.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yytranslate[] =
+{
+       0,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,    20,     2,     2,    21,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    19,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     2,     3,     4,
+       5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
+      15,    16,    17,    18
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- Source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
+static const yytype_int16 yyrline[] =
+{
+       0,   165,   165,   166,   169,   172,   175,   178,   181,   184,
+     187,   193,   199,   208,   214,   226,   229,   233,   238,   242,
+     246,   252,   256,   274,   280,   286,   290,   295,   299,   306,
+     314,   317,   320,   323,   326,   329,   332,   335,   338,   341,
+     344,   347,   350,   353,   356,   359,   362,   365,   368,   373,
+     407,   410
+};
+#endif
+
+/** Accessing symbol of state STATE.  */
+#define YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL(State) YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yystos[State])
+
+#if YYDEBUG || 0
+/* The user-facing name of the symbol whose (internal) number is
+   YYSYMBOL.  No bounds checking.  */
+static const char *yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol) YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+
+/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals.  */
+static const char *const yytname[] =
+{
+  "\"end of file\"", "error", "\"invalid token\"", "tAGO", "tDAY",
+  "tDAY_UNIT", "tDAYZONE", "tDST", "tHOUR_UNIT", "tID", "tMERIDIAN",
+  "tMINUTE_UNIT", "tMONTH", "tMONTH_UNIT", "tSEC_UNIT", "tSNUMBER",
+  "tUNUMBER", "tYEAR_UNIT", "tZONE", "':'", "','", "'/'", "$accept",
+  "spec", "item", "time", "zone", "day", "date", "rel", "relunit",
+  "number", "o_merid", YY_NULLPTR
+};
+
+static const char *
+yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol)
+{
+  return yytname[yysymbol];
+}
+#endif
+
+#define YYPACT_NINF (-20)
+
+#define yypact_value_is_default(Yyn) \
+  ((Yyn) == YYPACT_NINF)
+
+#define YYTABLE_NINF (-1)
+
+#define yytable_value_is_error(Yyn) \
+  0
+
+/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
+   STATE-NUM.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yypact[] =
+{
+     -20,     0,   -20,   -19,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -13,   -20,
+     -20,    30,    15,   -20,    14,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,
+     -20,    19,   -20,   -20,     4,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,
+     -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,    -6,   -20,   -20,    16,
+     -20,    17,    23,   -20,   -20,    24,   -20,   -20,   -20,    27,
+      28,   -20,   -20,   -20,    29,   -20,    32,    -8,   -20,   -20,
+     -20
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NUM] -- Default reduction number in state STATE-NUM.
+   Performed when YYTABLE does not specify something else to do.  Zero
+   means the default is an error.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yydefact[] =
+{
+       2,     0,     1,    18,    39,    16,    42,    45,     0,    36,
+      48,     0,    49,    33,    15,     3,     4,     5,     7,     6,
+       8,    30,     9,    19,    25,    38,    41,    44,    35,    47,
+      32,    20,    37,    40,    10,    43,    27,    34,    46,     0,
+      31,     0,     0,    17,    29,     0,    24,    28,    23,    50,
+      21,    26,    51,    12,     0,    11,     0,    50,    22,    14,
+      13
+};
+
+/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
+static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] =
+{
+     -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,
+      -7
+};
+
+/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
+static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] =
+{
+       0,     1,    15,    16,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,    22,
+      55
+};
+
+/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]] -- What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
+   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule whose
+   number is the opposite.  If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yytable[] =
+{
+       2,    23,    52,    24,     3,     4,     5,    59,     6,    46,
+      47,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    31,
+      32,    43,    44,    33,    45,    34,    35,    36,    37,    38,
+      39,    48,    40,    49,    41,    25,    42,    52,    26,    50,
+      51,    27,    53,    28,    29,    57,    54,    30,    58,    56,
+      60
+};
+
+static const yytype_int8 yycheck[] =
+{
+       0,    20,    10,    16,     4,     5,     6,    15,     8,    15,
+      16,    11,    12,    13,    14,    15,    16,    17,    18,     4,
+       5,     7,     3,     8,    20,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
+      15,    15,    17,    16,    19,     5,    21,    10,     8,    16,
+      16,    11,    15,    13,    14,    16,    19,    17,    16,    21,
+      57
+};
+
+/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The symbol kind of the accessing symbol of
+   state STATE-NUM.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yystos[] =
+{
+       0,    23,     0,     4,     5,     6,     8,    11,    12,    13,
+      14,    15,    16,    17,    18,    24,    25,    26,    27,    28,
+      29,    30,    31,    20,    16,     5,     8,    11,    13,    14,
+      17,     4,     5,     8,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    15,
+      17,    19,    21,     7,     3,    20,    15,    16,    15,    16,
+      16,    16,    10,    15,    19,    32,    21,    16,    16,    15,
+      32
+};
+
+/* YYR1[RULE-NUM] -- Symbol kind of the left-hand side of rule RULE-NUM.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yyr1[] =
+{
+       0,    22,    23,    23,    24,    24,    24,    24,    24,    24,
+      25,    25,    25,    25,    25,    26,    26,    26,    27,    27,
+      27,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    29,
+      29,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,
+      30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    31,
+      32,    32
+};
+
+/* YYR2[RULE-NUM] -- Number of symbols on the right-hand side of rule RULE-NUM.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yyr2[] =
+{
+       0,     2,     0,     2,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,
+       2,     4,     4,     6,     6,     1,     1,     2,     1,     2,
+       2,     3,     5,     3,     3,     2,     4,     2,     3,     2,
+       1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,
+       2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     1,
+       0,     1
+};
+
+
+enum { YYENOMEM = -2 };
+
+#define yyerrok         (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin       (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+
+#define YYACCEPT        goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT         goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR         goto yyerrorlab
+#define YYNOMEM         goto yyexhaustedlab
+
+
+#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
+
+#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value)                                    \
+  do                                                              \
+    if (yychar == YYEMPTY)                                        \
+      {                                                           \
+        yychar = (Token);                                         \
+        yylval = (Value);                                         \
+        YYPOPSTACK (yylen);                                       \
+        yystate = *yyssp;                                         \
+        goto yybackup;                                            \
+      }                                                           \
+    else                                                          \
+      {                                                           \
+        yyerror (YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
+        YYERROR;                                                  \
+      }                                                           \
+  while (0)
+
+/* Backward compatibility with an undocumented macro.
+   Use YYerror or YYUNDEF. */
+#define YYERRCODE YYUNDEF
+
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+
+# ifndef YYFPRINTF
+#  include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYFPRINTF fprintf
+# endif
+
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)                        \
+do {                                            \
+  if (yydebug)                                  \
+    YYFPRINTF Args;                             \
+} while (0)
+
+
+
+
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location)                    \
+do {                                                                      \
+  if (yydebug)                                                            \
+    {                                                                     \
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title);                                   \
+      yy_symbol_print (stderr,                                            \
+                  Kind, Value); \
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");                                           \
+    }                                                                     \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| Print this symbol's value on YYO.  |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyo,
+                       yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
+{
+  FILE *yyoutput = yyo;
+  YY_USE (yyoutput);
+  if (!yyvaluep)
+    return;
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  YY_USE (yykind);
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------.
+| Print this symbol on YYO.  |
+`---------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyo,
+                 yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
+{
+  YYFPRINTF (yyo, "%s %s (",
+             yykind < YYNTOKENS ? "token" : "nterm", yysymbol_name (yykind));
+
+  yy_symbol_value_print (yyo, yykind, yyvaluep);
+  YYFPRINTF (yyo, ")");
+}
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
+| TOP (included).                                                   |
+`------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_stack_print (yy_state_t *yybottom, yy_state_t *yytop)
+{
+  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
+  for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++)
+    {
+      int yybot = *yybottom;
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot);
+    }
+  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)                            \
+do {                                                            \
+  if (yydebug)                                                  \
+    yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top));                           \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------.
+| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced.  |
+`------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_reduce_print (yy_state_t *yyssp, YYSTYPE *yyvsp,
+                 int yyrule)
+{
+  int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
+  int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
+  int yyi;
+  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %d):\n",
+             yyrule - 1, yylno);
+  /* The symbols being reduced.  */
+  for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
+    {
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "   $%d = ", yyi + 1);
+      yy_symbol_print (stderr,
+                       YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+yyssp[yyi + 1 - yynrhs]),
+                       &yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)          \
+do {                                    \
+  if (yydebug)                          \
+    yy_reduce_print (yyssp, yyvsp, Rule); \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Nonzero means print parse trace.  It is left uninitialized so that
+   multiple parsers can coexist.  */
+int yydebug;
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args) ((void) 0)
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location)
+# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
+# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks.  */
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
+   if the built-in stack extension method is used).
+
+   Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
+   YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
+   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------.
+| Release the memory associated to this symbol.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yydestruct (const char *yymsg,
+            yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep)
+{
+  YY_USE (yyvaluep);
+  if (!yymsg)
+    yymsg = "Deleting";
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yykind, yyvaluep, yylocationp);
+
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  YY_USE (yykind);
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+}
+
+
+/* Lookahead token kind.  */
+int yychar;
+
+/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol.  */
+YYSTYPE yylval;
+/* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
+int yynerrs;
+
+
+
+
+/*----------.
+| yyparse.  |
+`----------*/
+
+int
+yyparse (void)
+{
+    yy_state_fast_t yystate = 0;
+    /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
+    int yyerrstatus = 0;
+
+    /* Refer to the stacks through separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+       to reallocate them elsewhere.  */
+
+    /* Their size.  */
+    YYPTRDIFF_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
+    /* The state stack: array, bottom, top.  */
+    yy_state_t yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+    yy_state_t *yyss = yyssa;
+    yy_state_t *yyssp = yyss;
+
+    /* The semantic value stack: array, bottom, top.  */
+    YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+    YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
+    YYSTYPE *yyvsp = yyvs;
+
+  int yyn;
+  /* The return value of yyparse.  */
+  int yyresult;
+  /* Lookahead symbol kind.  */
+  yysymbol_kind_t yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY;
+  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
+     action routines.  */
+  YYSTYPE yyval;
+
+
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK(N)   (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N))
+
+  /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
+     Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped.  */
+  int yylen = 0;
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+
+  yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read.  */
+
+  goto yysetstate;
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yynewstate -- push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
+`------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yynewstate:
+  /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+     have just been pushed.  So pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
+  yyssp++;
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yysetstate -- set current state (the top of the stack) to yystate.  |
+`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yysetstate:
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+  YY_ASSERT (0 <= yystate && yystate < YYNSTATES);
+  YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+  *yyssp = YY_CAST (yy_state_t, yystate);
+  YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
+  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+
+  if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
+#if !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+    YYNOMEM;
+#else
+    {
+      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
+      YYPTRDIFF_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+# if defined yyoverflow
+      {
+        /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack.  Use copies of
+           these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
+           memory.  */
+        yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
+        YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+
+        /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
+           data in use in that stack, in bytes.  This used to be a
+           conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
+           be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
+        yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
+                    &yyss1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyssp),
+                    &yyvs1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyvsp),
+                    &yystacksize);
+        yyss = yyss1;
+        yyvs = yyvs1;
+      }
+# else /* defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
+      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
+      if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
+        YYNOMEM;
+      yystacksize *= 2;
+      if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
+        yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+
+      {
+        yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
+        union yyalloc *yyptr =
+          YY_CAST (union yyalloc *,
+                   YYSTACK_ALLOC (YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize))));
+        if (! yyptr)
+          YYNOMEM;
+        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss);
+        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs);
+#  undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+        if (yyss1 != yyssa)
+          YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
+      }
+# endif
+
+      yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
+      yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
+
+      YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %ld\n",
+                  YY_CAST (long, yystacksize)));
+      YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
+
+      if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
+        YYABORT;
+    }
+#endif /* !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
+
+
+  if (yystate == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  goto yybackup;
+
+
+/*-----------.
+| yybackup.  |
+`-----------*/
+yybackup:
+  /* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  Read a
+     lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* YYCHAR is either empty, or end-of-input, or a valid lookahead.  */
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+    {
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token\n"));
+      yychar = yylex ();
+    }
+
+  if (yychar <= YYEOF)
+    {
+      yychar = YYEOF;
+      yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEOF;
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+    }
+  else if (yychar == YYerror)
+    {
+      /* The scanner already issued an error message, process directly
+         to error recovery.  But do not keep the error token as
+         lookahead, it is too special and may lead us to an endless
+         loop in error recovery. */
+      yychar = YYUNDEF;
+      yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
+      goto yyerrlab1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+      YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
+    }
+
+  /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to
+     detect an error, take that action.  */
+  yyn += yytoken;
+  if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
+    goto yydefault;
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+  if (yyn <= 0)
+    {
+      if (yytable_value_is_error (yyn))
+        goto yyerrlab;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (yyerrstatus)
+    yyerrstatus--;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
+  yystate = yyn;
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+
+  /* Discard the shifted token.  */
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yydefault:
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------.
+| yyreduce -- do a reduction.  |
+`-----------------------------*/
+yyreduce:
+  /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
+  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+
+  /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
+     '$$ = $1'.
+
+     Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
+     This behavior is undocumented and Bison
+     users should not rely upon it.  Assigning to YYVAL
+     unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
+     GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized.  */
+  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
+
+
+  YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
+  switch (yyn)
+    {
+  case 4: /* item: time  */
+#line 169 "getdate.y"
+               {
+	    yyHaveTime++;
+	}
+#line 1360 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 5: /* item: zone  */
+#line 172 "getdate.y"
+               {
+	    yyHaveZone++;
+	}
+#line 1368 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 6: /* item: date  */
+#line 175 "getdate.y"
+               {
+	    yyHaveDate++;
+	}
+#line 1376 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 7: /* item: day  */
+#line 178 "getdate.y"
+              {
+	    yyHaveDay++;
+	}
+#line 1384 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 8: /* item: rel  */
+#line 181 "getdate.y"
+              {
+	    yyHaveRel++;
+	}
+#line 1392 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 10: /* time: tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN  */
+#line 187 "getdate.y"
+                             {
+	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyMinutes = 0;
+	    yySeconds = 0;
+	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
+	}
+#line 1403 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 11: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid  */
+#line 193 "getdate.y"
+                                        {
+	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
+	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yySeconds = 0;
+	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
+	}
+#line 1414 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 12: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
+#line 199 "getdate.y"
+                                         {
+	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
+	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyMeridian = MER24;
+	    yyHaveZone++;
+	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 0
+			  ? -(yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + (-(yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60
+			  : - ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60));
+	}
+#line 1428 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 13: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid  */
+#line 208 "getdate.y"
+                                                     {
+	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-5].Number);
+	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
+	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
+	}
+#line 1439 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 14: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
+#line 214 "getdate.y"
+                                                      {
+	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-5].Number);
+	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
+	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyMeridian = MER24;
+	    yyHaveZone++;
+	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 0
+			  ? -(yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + (-(yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60
+			  : - ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60));
+	}
+#line 1454 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 15: /* zone: tZONE  */
+#line 226 "getdate.y"
+                {
+	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1462 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 16: /* zone: tDAYZONE  */
+#line 229 "getdate.y"
+                   {
+	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number) - 60;
+	}
+#line 1470 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 17: /* zone: tZONE tDST  */
+#line 233 "getdate.y"
+                     {
+	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[-1].Number) - 60;
+	}
+#line 1478 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 18: /* day: tDAY  */
+#line 238 "getdate.y"
+               {
+	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
+	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1487 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 19: /* day: tDAY ','  */
+#line 242 "getdate.y"
+                   {
+	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
+	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	}
+#line 1496 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 20: /* day: tUNUMBER tDAY  */
+#line 246 "getdate.y"
+                        {
+	    yyDayOrdinal = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1505 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 21: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER  */
+#line 252 "getdate.y"
+                                {
+	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
+	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1514 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 22: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER  */
+#line 256 "getdate.y"
+                                             {
+	  /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if $1 >= 1000, otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
+	     The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
+	     machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing.  If
+	     you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format.  */
+	  if ((yyvsp[-4].Number) >= 1000)
+	    {
+	      yyYear = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
+	      yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
+	      yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      yyMonth = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
+	      yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
+	      yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	    }
+	}
+#line 1537 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 23: /* date: tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
+#line 274 "getdate.y"
+                                     {
+	    /* ISO 8601 format.  yyyy-mm-dd.  */
+	    yyYear = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
+	    yyMonth = -(yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyDay = -(yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1548 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 24: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER  */
+#line 280 "getdate.y"
+                                   {
+	    /* e.g. 17-JUN-1992.  */
+	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
+	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyYear = -(yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1559 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 25: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER  */
+#line 286 "getdate.y"
+                          {
+	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1568 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 26: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER  */
+#line 290 "getdate.y"
+                                       {
+	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
+	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
+	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1578 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 27: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH  */
+#line 295 "getdate.y"
+                          {
+	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	}
+#line 1587 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 28: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER  */
+#line 299 "getdate.y"
+                                   {
+	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
+	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
+	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1597 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 29: /* rel: relunit tAGO  */
+#line 306 "getdate.y"
+                       {
+	    yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
+	    yyRelMinutes = -yyRelMinutes;
+	    yyRelHour = -yyRelHour;
+	    yyRelDay = -yyRelDay;
+	    yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
+	    yyRelYear = -yyRelYear;
+	}
+#line 1610 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 31: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT  */
+#line 317 "getdate.y"
+                              {
+	    yyRelYear += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1618 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 32: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT  */
+#line 320 "getdate.y"
+                              {
+	    yyRelYear += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1626 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 33: /* relunit: tYEAR_UNIT  */
+#line 323 "getdate.y"
+                     {
+	    yyRelYear++;
+	}
+#line 1634 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 34: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT  */
+#line 326 "getdate.y"
+                               {
+	    yyRelMonth += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1642 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 35: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT  */
+#line 329 "getdate.y"
+                               {
+	    yyRelMonth += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1650 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 36: /* relunit: tMONTH_UNIT  */
+#line 332 "getdate.y"
+                      {
+	    yyRelMonth++;
+	}
+#line 1658 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 37: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT  */
+#line 335 "getdate.y"
+                             {
+	    yyRelDay += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1666 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 38: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT  */
+#line 338 "getdate.y"
+                             {
+	    yyRelDay += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1674 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 39: /* relunit: tDAY_UNIT  */
+#line 341 "getdate.y"
+                    {
+	    yyRelDay++;
+	}
+#line 1682 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 40: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT  */
+#line 344 "getdate.y"
+                              {
+	    yyRelHour += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1690 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 41: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT  */
+#line 347 "getdate.y"
+                              {
+	    yyRelHour += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1698 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 42: /* relunit: tHOUR_UNIT  */
+#line 350 "getdate.y"
+                     {
+	    yyRelHour++;
+	}
+#line 1706 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 43: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+#line 353 "getdate.y"
+                                {
+	    yyRelMinutes += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1714 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 44: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+#line 356 "getdate.y"
+                                {
+	    yyRelMinutes += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1722 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 45: /* relunit: tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+#line 359 "getdate.y"
+                       {
+	    yyRelMinutes++;
+	}
+#line 1730 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 46: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 362 "getdate.y"
+                             {
+	    yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1738 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 47: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 365 "getdate.y"
+                             {
+	    yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	}
+#line 1746 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 48: /* relunit: tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 368 "getdate.y"
+                    {
+	    yyRelSeconds++;
+	}
+#line 1754 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 49: /* number: tUNUMBER  */
+#line 374 "getdate.y"
+          {
+	    if ((yyHaveTime != 0) && (yyHaveDate != 0) && (yyHaveRel == 0))
+	      yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+	    else
+	      {
+		if ((yyvsp[0].Number)>10000)
+		  {
+		    yyHaveDate++;
+		    yyDay= ((yyvsp[0].Number))%100;
+		    yyMonth= ((yyvsp[0].Number)/100)%100;
+		    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number)/10000;
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    yyHaveTime++;
+		    if ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 100)
+		      {
+			yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number);
+			yyMinutes = 0;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+		    	yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number) / 100;
+		    	yyMinutes = (yyvsp[0].Number) % 100;
+		      }
+		    yySeconds = 0;
+		    yyMeridian = MER24;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+#line 1789 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 50: /* o_merid: %empty  */
+#line 407 "getdate.y"
+          {
+	    (yyval.Meridian) = MER24;
+	  }
+#line 1797 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 51: /* o_merid: tMERIDIAN  */
+#line 411 "getdate.y"
+          {
+	    (yyval.Meridian) = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
+	  }
+#line 1805 "getdate.c"
+    break;
+
+
+#line 1809 "getdate.c"
+
+      default: break;
+    }
+  /* User semantic actions sometimes alter yychar, and that requires
+     that yytoken be updated with the new translation.  We take the
+     approach of translating immediately before every use of yytoken.
+     One alternative is translating here after every semantic action,
+     but that translation would be missed if the semantic action invokes
+     YYABORT, YYACCEPT, or YYERROR immediately after altering yychar or
+     if it invokes YYBACKUP.  In the case of YYABORT or YYACCEPT, an
+     incorrect destructor might then be invoked immediately.  In the
+     case of YYERROR or YYBACKUP, subsequent parser actions might lead
+     to an incorrect destructor call or verbose syntax error message
+     before the lookahead is translated.  */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yyr1[yyn]), &yyval, &yyloc);
+
+  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+  yylen = 0;
+
+  *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+  /* Now 'shift' the result of the reduction.  Determine what state
+     that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
+     number reduced by.  */
+  {
+    const int yylhs = yyr1[yyn] - YYNTOKENS;
+    const int yyi = yypgoto[yylhs] + *yyssp;
+    yystate = (0 <= yyi && yyi <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyi] == *yyssp
+               ? yytable[yyi]
+               : yydefgoto[yylhs]);
+  }
+
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error.  |
+`--------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab:
+  /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
+     user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
+  yytoken = yychar == YYEMPTY ? YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY : YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!yyerrstatus)
+    {
+      ++yynerrs;
+      yyerror (YY_("syntax error"));
+    }
+
+  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+         error, discard it.  */
+
+      if (yychar <= YYEOF)
+        {
+          /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
+          if (yychar == YYEOF)
+            YYABORT;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
+                      yytoken, &yylval);
+          yychar = YYEMPTY;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR.  |
+`---------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrorlab:
+  /* Pacify compilers when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the
+     label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code.  */
+  if (0)
+    YYERROR;
+  ++yynerrs;
+
+  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
+     this YYERROR.  */
+  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+  yylen = 0;
+  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+  yystate = *yyssp;
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR.  |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab1:
+  yyerrstatus = 3;      /* Each real token shifted decrements this.  */
+
+  /* Pop stack until we find a state that shifts the error token.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      yyn = yypact[yystate];
+      if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
+        {
+          yyn += YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
+          if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYSYMBOL_YYerror)
+            {
+              yyn = yytable[yyn];
+              if (0 < yyn)
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
+      if (yyssp == yyss)
+        YYABORT;
+
+
+      yydestruct ("Error: popping",
+                  YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yystate), yyvsp);
+      YYPOPSTACK (1);
+      yystate = *yyssp;
+      YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+    }
+
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+
+
+  /* Shift the error token.  */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yyn), yyvsp, yylsp);
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------.
+| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here.  |
+`-------------------------------------*/
+yyacceptlab:
+  yyresult = 0;
+  goto yyreturnlab;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+yyabortlab:
+  yyresult = 1;
+  goto yyreturnlab;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyexhaustedlab -- YYNOMEM (memory exhaustion) comes here.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyexhaustedlab:
+  yyerror (YY_("memory exhausted"));
+  yyresult = 2;
+  goto yyreturnlab;
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyreturnlab -- parsing is finished, clean up and return.  |
+`----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyreturnlab:
+  if (yychar != YYEMPTY)
+    {
+      /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
+         user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
+      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+      yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
+                  yytoken, &yylval);
+    }
+  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
+     this YYABORT or YYACCEPT.  */
+  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+  while (yyssp != yyss)
+    {
+      yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
+                  YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+*yyssp), yyvsp);
+      YYPOPSTACK (1);
+    }
+#ifndef yyoverflow
+  if (yyss != yyssa)
+    YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+#endif
+
+  return yyresult;
+}
+
+#line 416 "getdate.y"
+
+
+/* Month and day table. */
+static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
+    { "january",	tMONTH,  1 },
+    { "february",	tMONTH,  2 },
+    { "march",		tMONTH,  3 },
+    { "april",		tMONTH,  4 },
+    { "may",		tMONTH,  5 },
+    { "june",		tMONTH,  6 },
+    { "july",		tMONTH,  7 },
+    { "august",		tMONTH,  8 },
+    { "september",	tMONTH,  9 },
+    { "sept",		tMONTH,  9 },
+    { "october",	tMONTH, 10 },
+    { "november",	tMONTH, 11 },
+    { "december",	tMONTH, 12 },
+    { "sunday",		tDAY, 0 },
+    { "monday",		tDAY, 1 },
+    { "tuesday",	tDAY, 2 },
+    { "tues",		tDAY, 2 },
+    { "wednesday",	tDAY, 3 },
+    { "wednes",		tDAY, 3 },
+    { "thursday",	tDAY, 4 },
+    { "thur",		tDAY, 4 },
+    { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
+    { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
+    { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Time units table. */
+static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
+    { "year",		tYEAR_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "month",		tMONTH_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "fortnight",	tDAY_UNIT,	14 },
+    { "week",		tDAY_UNIT,	7 },
+    { "day",		tDAY_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "hour",		tHOUR_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "minute",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Assorted relative-time words. */
+static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
+    { "tomorrow",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 * 24 * 60 },
+    { "yesterday",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	-1 * 24 * 60 },
+    { "today",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
+    { "now",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
+    { "last",		tUNUMBER,	-1 },
+    { "this",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
+    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	2 },
+    { "first",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
+/*  { "second",		tUNUMBER,	2 }, */
+    { "third",		tUNUMBER,	3 },
+    { "fourth",		tUNUMBER,	4 },
+    { "fifth",		tUNUMBER,	5 },
+    { "sixth",		tUNUMBER,	6 },
+    { "seventh",	tUNUMBER,	7 },
+    { "eighth",		tUNUMBER,	8 },
+    { "ninth",		tUNUMBER,	9 },
+    { "tenth",		tUNUMBER,	10 },
+    { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
+    { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
+    { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* The timezone table. */
+static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
+    { "gmt",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Greenwich Mean */
+    { "ut",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Universal (Coordinated) */
+    { "utc",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },
+    { "wet",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Western European */
+    { "bst",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) },	/* British Summer */
+    { "wat",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) },	/* West Africa */
+    { "at",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) },	/* Azores */
+    { "ast",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Standard */
+    { "adt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Daylight */
+    { "est",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Standard */
+    { "edt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Daylight */
+    { "cst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Standard */
+    { "cdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Daylight */
+    { "mst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Standard */
+    { "mdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Daylight */
+    { "pst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Standard */
+    { "pdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Daylight */
+    { "yst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Standard */
+    { "ydt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Daylight */
+    { "hst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Standard */
+    { "hdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Daylight */
+    { "cat",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Central Alaska */
+    { "ahst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Alaska-Hawaii Standard */
+    { "nt",	tZONE,     HOUR (11) },	/* Nome */
+    { "idlw",	tZONE,     HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line West */
+    { "cet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Central European */
+    { "met",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European */
+    { "mewt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Winter */
+    { "mest",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
+    { "mesz",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
+    { "swt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Winter */
+    { "sst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Summer */
+    { "fwt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* French Winter */
+    { "fst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* French Summer */
+    { "eet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (2) },	/* Eastern Europe, USSR Zone 1 */
+    { "bt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (3) },	/* Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 */
+    { "zp4",	tZONE,     -HOUR (4) },	/* USSR Zone 3 */
+    { "zp5",	tZONE,     -HOUR (5) },	/* USSR Zone 4 */
+    { "zp6",	tZONE,     -HOUR (6) },	/* USSR Zone 5 */
+    { "wast",	tZONE,     -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Standard */
+    { "wadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Daylight */
+    { "cct",	tZONE,     -HOUR (8) },	/* China Coast, USSR Zone 7 */
+    { "jst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (9) },	/* Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 */
+    { "east",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Standard */
+    { "eadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Daylight */
+    { "gst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Guam Standard, USSR Zone 9 */
+    { "nzt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand */
+    { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
+    { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
+    { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Military timezone table. */
+static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
+    { "a",	tZONE,	HOUR (  1) },
+    { "b",	tZONE,	HOUR (  2) },
+    { "c",	tZONE,	HOUR (  3) },
+    { "d",	tZONE,	HOUR (  4) },
+    { "e",	tZONE,	HOUR (  5) },
+    { "f",	tZONE,	HOUR (  6) },
+    { "g",	tZONE,	HOUR (  7) },
+    { "h",	tZONE,	HOUR (  8) },
+    { "i",	tZONE,	HOUR (  9) },
+    { "k",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 10) },
+    { "l",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 11) },
+    { "m",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 12) },
+    { "n",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 1) },
+    { "o",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 2) },
+    { "p",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 3) },
+    { "q",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 4) },
+    { "r",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 5) },
+    { "s",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 6) },
+    { "t",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 7) },
+    { "u",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 8) },
+    { "v",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 9) },
+    { "w",	tZONE,	HOUR (-10) },
+    { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
+    { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
+    { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+
+
+
+static int yyerror (unused const char *s)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int ToHour (int Hours, MERIDIAN Meridian)
+{
+  switch (Meridian)
+    {
+    case MER24:
+      if (Hours < 0 || Hours > 23)
+	return -1;
+      return Hours;
+    case MERam:
+      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
+	return -1;
+      if (Hours == 12)
+	Hours = 0;
+      return Hours;
+    case MERpm:
+      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
+	return -1;
+      if (Hours == 12)
+	Hours = 0;
+      return Hours + 12;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int ToYear (int Year)
+{
+  if (Year < 0)
+    Year = -Year;
+
+  /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
+     years 69-99 map to 1969-1999.  */
+  if (Year < 69)
+    Year += 2000;
+  else if (Year < 100)
+    Year += 1900;
+
+  return Year;
+}
+
+static int LookupWord (char *buff)
+{
+  register char *p;
+  register char *q;
+  register const TABLE *tp;
+  int i;
+  bool abbrev;
+
+  /* Make it lowercase. */
+  for (p = buff; '\0' != *p; p++)
+    if (isupper (*p))
+      *p = tolower (*p);
+
+  if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
+    {
+      yylval.Meridian = MERam;
+      return tMERIDIAN;
+    }
+  if (strcmp (buff, "pm") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "p.m.") == 0)
+    {
+      yylval.Meridian = MERpm;
+      return tMERIDIAN;
+    }
+
+  /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month. */
+  if (strlen (buff) == 3)
+    abbrev = true;
+  else if (strlen (buff) == 4 && buff[3] == '.')
+    {
+      abbrev = true;
+      buff[3] = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    abbrev = false;
+
+  for (tp = MonthDayTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    {
+      if (abbrev)
+	{
+	  if (strncmp (buff, tp->name, 3) == 0)
+	    {
+	      yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	      return tp->type;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	  return tp->type;
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (tp = TimezoneTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+      {
+	yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	return tp->type;
+      }
+
+  if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0)
+    return tDST;
+
+  for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+      {
+	yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	return tp->type;
+      }
+
+  /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again. */
+  i = strlen (buff) - 1;
+  if (buff[i] == 's')
+    {
+      buff[i] = '\0';
+      for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
+	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	  {
+	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	    return tp->type;
+	  }
+      buff[i] = 's';		/* Put back for "this" in OtherTable. */
+    }
+
+  for (tp = OtherTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+      {
+	yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	return tp->type;
+      }
+
+  /* Military timezones. */
+  if (buff[1] == '\0' && isalpha (*buff))
+    {
+      for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
+	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	  {
+	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	    return tp->type;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  /* Drop out any periods and try the timezone table again. */
+  for (i = 0, p = q = buff; '\0' != *q; q++)
+    if (*q != '.')
+      *p++ = *q;
+    else
+      i++;
+  *p = '\0';
+  if (0 != i)
+    for (tp = TimezoneTable; NULL != tp->name; tp++)
+      if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	  return tp->type;
+	}
+
+  return tID;
+}
+
+static int
+yylex (void)
+{
+  register char c;
+  register char *p;
+  char buff[20];
+  int Count;
+  int sign;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      while (isspace (*yyInput))
+	yyInput++;
+
+      if (isdigit (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
+	{
+	  if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+	    {
+	      sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
+	      if (!isdigit (*++yyInput))
+		/* skip the '-' sign */
+		continue;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    sign = 0;
+	  for (yylval.Number = 0; isdigit (c = *yyInput++);)
+	    yylval.Number = 10 * yylval.Number + c - '0';
+	  yyInput--;
+	  if (sign < 0)
+	    yylval.Number = -yylval.Number;
+	  return (0 != sign) ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
+	}
+      if (isalpha (c))
+	{
+	  for (p = buff; (c = *yyInput++, isalpha (c)) || c == '.';)
+	    if (p < &buff[sizeof buff - 1])
+	      *p++ = c;
+	  *p = '\0';
+	  yyInput--;
+	  return LookupWord (buff);
+	}
+      if (c != '(')
+	return *yyInput++;
+      Count = 0;
+      do
+	{
+	  c = *yyInput++;
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    return c;
+	  if (c == '(')
+	    Count++;
+	  else if (c == ')')
+	    Count--;
+	}
+      while (Count > 0);
+    }
+}
+
+#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
+
+/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
+static long difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
+{
+  int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
+  int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
+  long days = (
+  /* difference in day of year */
+		a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday
+  /* + intervening leap days */
+		+ ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
+		- (ay / 100 - by / 100)
+		+ ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2))
+  /* + difference in years * 365 */
+		+ (long) (ay - by) * 365
+  );
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
+		+ (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
+	  + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
+}
+
+time_t get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
+{
+  struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
+  time_t Start;
+
+  yyInput = p;
+  Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
+  tmp = localtime (&Start);
+  yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
+  yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
+  yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
+  yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
+  yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
+  yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
+  yyMeridian = MER24;
+  yyRelSeconds = 0;
+  yyRelMinutes = 0;
+  yyRelHour = 0;
+  yyRelDay = 0;
+  yyRelMonth = 0;
+  yyRelYear = 0;
+  yyHaveDate = 0;
+  yyHaveDay = 0;
+  yyHaveRel = 0;
+  yyHaveTime = 0;
+  yyHaveZone = 0;
+
+  if (yyparse ()
+      || yyHaveTime > 1 || yyHaveZone > 1 || yyHaveDate > 1 || yyHaveDay > 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  tm.tm_year = ToYear (yyYear) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + yyRelYear;
+  tm.tm_mon = yyMonth - 1 + yyRelMonth;
+  tm.tm_mday = yyDay + yyRelDay;
+  if ((yyHaveTime != 0) ||
+      ( (yyHaveRel != 0) && (yyHaveDate == 0) && (yyHaveDay == 0) ))
+    {
+      tm.tm_hour = ToHour (yyHour, yyMeridian);
+      if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
+	return -1;
+      tm.tm_min = yyMinutes;
+      tm.tm_sec = yySeconds;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
+    }
+  tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
+  tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
+  tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
+  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
+  tm0 = tm;
+
+  Start = mktime (&tm);
+
+  if (Start == (time_t) -1)
+    {
+
+      /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t boundaries
+         when parsing times in other time zones.  For example, if the min
+         time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC and we are 8 hours ahead
+         of UTC, then the min localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00; if
+         we apply mktime to 1970-01-01 00:00:00 we will get an error, so
+         we apply mktime to 1970-01-02 08:00:00 instead and adjust the time
+         zone by 24 hours to compensate.  This algorithm assumes that
+         there is no DST transition within a day of the time_t boundaries.  */
+      if (yyHaveZone)
+	{
+	  tm = tm0;
+	  if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)
+	    {
+	      tm.tm_mday++;
+	      yyTimezone -= 24 * 60;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      tm.tm_mday--;
+	      yyTimezone += 24 * 60;
+	    }
+	  Start = mktime (&tm);
+	}
+
+      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
+	return Start;
+    }
+
+  if (yyHaveDay && !yyHaveDate)
+    {
+      tm.tm_mday += ((yyDayNumber - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
+		     + 7 * (yyDayOrdinal - (0 < yyDayOrdinal)));
+      Start = mktime (&tm);
+      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
+	return Start;
+    }
+
+  if (yyHaveZone)
+    {
+      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
+      if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
+	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
+      Start += delta;
+    }
+
+  return Start;
+}
+
+#if	defined (TEST)
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+main (ac, av)
+     int ac;
+     char *av[];
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+  time_t d;
+
+  (void) printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
+  (void) fflush (stdout);
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      d = get_date (buff, (time_t *) NULL);
+      if (d == -1)
+	(void) printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
+      else
+	(void) printf ("%s", ctime (&d));
+      (void) printf ("\t> ");
+      (void) fflush (stdout);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+#endif /* defined (TEST) */
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.h b/libmisc/getdate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eae56f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/getdate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GETDATE_H_
+#define _GETDATE_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+
+time_t get_date (const char *p, /*@null@*/const time_t *now);
+#endif
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.y b/libmisc/getdate.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c07f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/getdate.y
@@ -0,0 +1,954 @@
+%{
+/*
+**  Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
+**  at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
+**  a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
+**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
+**
+**  This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
+**
+**  This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Since the code of getdate.y is not included in the Emacs executable
+   itself, there is no need to #define static in this file.  Even if
+   the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
+   wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
+   problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
+   think this code needs to do.  */
+#ifdef emacs
+# undef static
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "getdate.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
+   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
+   to redefine it here.  */
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
+# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
+#endif
+
+/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
+   as well as gratuitously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
+   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
+   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
+   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
+   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
+   names to this list. */
+
+#define yymaxdepth gd_maxdepth
+#define yyparse gd_parse
+#define yylex   gd_lex
+#define yyerror gd_error
+#define yylval  gd_lval
+#define yychar  gd_char
+#define yydebug gd_debug
+#define yypact  gd_pact
+#define yyr1    gd_r1
+#define yyr2    gd_r2
+#define yydef   gd_def
+#define yychk   gd_chk
+#define yypgo   gd_pgo
+#define yyact   gd_act
+#define yyexca  gd_exca
+#define yyerrflag gd_errflag
+#define yynerrs gd_nerrs
+#define yyps    gd_ps
+#define yypv    gd_pv
+#define yys     gd_s
+#define yy_yys  gd_yys
+#define yystate gd_state
+#define yytmp   gd_tmp
+#define yyv     gd_v
+#define yy_yyv  gd_yyv
+#define yyval   gd_val
+#define yylloc  gd_lloc
+#define yyreds  gd_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yytoks  gd_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yylhs   gd_yylhs
+#define yylen   gd_yylen
+#define yydefred gd_yydefred
+#define yydgoto gd_yydgoto
+#define yysindex gd_yysindex
+#define yyrindex gd_yyrindex
+#define yygindex gd_yygindex
+#define yytable  gd_yytable
+#define yycheck  gd_yycheck
+
+static int yylex (void);
+static int yyerror (const char *s);
+
+#define EPOCH		1970
+#define HOUR(x)		((x) * 60)
+
+#define MAX_BUFF_LEN    128   /* size of buffer to read the date into */
+
+/*
+**  An entry in the lexical lookup table.
+*/
+typedef struct _TABLE {
+    const char	*name;
+    int		type;
+    int		value;
+} TABLE;
+
+
+/*
+**  Meridian:  am, pm, or 24-hour style.
+*/
+typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
+    MERam, MERpm, MER24
+} MERIDIAN;
+
+
+/*
+**  Global variables.  We could get rid of most of these by using a good
+**  union as the yacc stack.  (This routine was originally written before
+**  yacc had the %union construct.)  Maybe someday; right now we only use
+**  the %union very rarely.
+*/
+static const char	*yyInput;
+static int	yyDayOrdinal;
+static int	yyDayNumber;
+static int	yyHaveDate;
+static int	yyHaveDay;
+static int	yyHaveRel;
+static int	yyHaveTime;
+static int	yyHaveZone;
+static int	yyTimezone;
+static int	yyDay;
+static int	yyHour;
+static int	yyMinutes;
+static int	yyMonth;
+static int	yySeconds;
+static int	yyYear;
+static MERIDIAN	yyMeridian;
+static int	yyRelDay;
+static int	yyRelHour;
+static int	yyRelMinutes;
+static int	yyRelMonth;
+static int	yyRelSeconds;
+static int	yyRelYear;
+
+%}
+
+%union {
+    int			Number;
+    enum _MERIDIAN	Meridian;
+}
+
+%token	tAGO tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tDST tHOUR_UNIT tID
+%token	tMERIDIAN tMINUTE_UNIT tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT
+%token	tSEC_UNIT tSNUMBER tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
+
+%type	<Number>	tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tHOUR_UNIT tMINUTE_UNIT
+%type	<Number>	tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT
+%type	<Number>	tSEC_UNIT tSNUMBER tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
+%type	<Meridian>	tMERIDIAN o_merid
+
+%%
+
+spec	: /* NULL */
+	| spec item
+	;
+
+item	: time {
+	    yyHaveTime++;
+	}
+	| zone {
+	    yyHaveZone++;
+	}
+	| date {
+	    yyHaveDate++;
+	}
+	| day {
+	    yyHaveDay++;
+	}
+	| rel {
+	    yyHaveRel++;
+	}
+	| number
+	;
+
+time	: tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN {
+	    yyHour = $1;
+	    yyMinutes = 0;
+	    yySeconds = 0;
+	    yyMeridian = $2;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid {
+	    yyHour = $1;
+	    yyMinutes = $3;
+	    yySeconds = 0;
+	    yyMeridian = $4;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER {
+	    yyHour = $1;
+	    yyMinutes = $3;
+	    yyMeridian = MER24;
+	    yyHaveZone++;
+	    yyTimezone = ($4 < 0
+			  ? -$4 % 100 + (-$4 / 100) * 60
+			  : - ($4 % 100 + ($4 / 100) * 60));
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid {
+	    yyHour = $1;
+	    yyMinutes = $3;
+	    yySeconds = $5;
+	    yyMeridian = $6;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER {
+	    yyHour = $1;
+	    yyMinutes = $3;
+	    yySeconds = $5;
+	    yyMeridian = MER24;
+	    yyHaveZone++;
+	    yyTimezone = ($6 < 0
+			  ? -$6 % 100 + (-$6 / 100) * 60
+			  : - ($6 % 100 + ($6 / 100) * 60));
+	}
+	;
+
+zone	: tZONE {
+	    yyTimezone = $1;
+	}
+	| tDAYZONE {
+	    yyTimezone = $1 - 60;
+	}
+	|
+	  tZONE tDST {
+	    yyTimezone = $1 - 60;
+	}
+	;
+
+day	: tDAY {
+	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
+	    yyDayNumber = $1;
+	}
+	| tDAY ',' {
+	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
+	    yyDayNumber = $1;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tDAY {
+	    yyDayOrdinal = $1;
+	    yyDayNumber = $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+date	: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
+	    yyMonth = $1;
+	    yyDay = $3;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
+	  /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if $1 >= 1000, otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
+	     The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
+	     machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing.  If
+	     you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format.  */
+	  if ($1 >= 1000)
+	    {
+	      yyYear = $1;
+	      yyMonth = $3;
+	      yyDay = $5;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      yyMonth = $1;
+	      yyDay = $3;
+	      yyYear = $5;
+	    }
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER {
+	    /* ISO 8601 format.  yyyy-mm-dd.  */
+	    yyYear = $1;
+	    yyMonth = -$2;
+	    yyDay = -$3;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER {
+	    /* e.g. 17-JUN-1992.  */
+	    yyDay = $1;
+	    yyMonth = $2;
+	    yyYear = -$3;
+	}
+	| tMONTH tUNUMBER {
+	    yyMonth = $1;
+	    yyDay = $2;
+	}
+	| tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER {
+	    yyMonth = $1;
+	    yyDay = $2;
+	    yyYear = $4;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tMONTH {
+	    yyMonth = $2;
+	    yyDay = $1;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER {
+	    yyMonth = $2;
+	    yyDay = $1;
+	    yyYear = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+rel	: relunit tAGO {
+	    yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
+	    yyRelMinutes = -yyRelMinutes;
+	    yyRelHour = -yyRelHour;
+	    yyRelDay = -yyRelDay;
+	    yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
+	    yyRelYear = -yyRelYear;
+	}
+	| relunit
+	;
+
+relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
+	    yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
+	    yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tYEAR_UNIT {
+	    yyRelYear++;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
+	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
+	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tMONTH_UNIT {
+	    yyRelMonth++;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
+	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
+	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tDAY_UNIT {
+	    yyRelDay++;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
+	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
+	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tHOUR_UNIT {
+	    yyRelHour++;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
+	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
+	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tMINUTE_UNIT {
+	    yyRelMinutes++;
+	}
+	| tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
+	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
+	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
+	}
+	| tSEC_UNIT {
+	    yyRelSeconds++;
+	}
+	;
+
+number	: tUNUMBER
+          {
+	    if ((yyHaveTime != 0) && (yyHaveDate != 0) && (yyHaveRel == 0))
+	      yyYear = $1;
+	    else
+	      {
+		if ($1>10000)
+		  {
+		    yyHaveDate++;
+		    yyDay= ($1)%100;
+		    yyMonth= ($1/100)%100;
+		    yyYear = $1/10000;
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    yyHaveTime++;
+		    if ($1 < 100)
+		      {
+			yyHour = $1;
+			yyMinutes = 0;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+		    	yyHour = $1 / 100;
+		    	yyMinutes = $1 % 100;
+		      }
+		    yySeconds = 0;
+		    yyMeridian = MER24;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+	;
+
+o_merid	: /* NULL */
+	  {
+	    $$ = MER24;
+	  }
+	| tMERIDIAN
+	  {
+	    $$ = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+/* Month and day table. */
+static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
+    { "january",	tMONTH,  1 },
+    { "february",	tMONTH,  2 },
+    { "march",		tMONTH,  3 },
+    { "april",		tMONTH,  4 },
+    { "may",		tMONTH,  5 },
+    { "june",		tMONTH,  6 },
+    { "july",		tMONTH,  7 },
+    { "august",		tMONTH,  8 },
+    { "september",	tMONTH,  9 },
+    { "sept",		tMONTH,  9 },
+    { "october",	tMONTH, 10 },
+    { "november",	tMONTH, 11 },
+    { "december",	tMONTH, 12 },
+    { "sunday",		tDAY, 0 },
+    { "monday",		tDAY, 1 },
+    { "tuesday",	tDAY, 2 },
+    { "tues",		tDAY, 2 },
+    { "wednesday",	tDAY, 3 },
+    { "wednes",		tDAY, 3 },
+    { "thursday",	tDAY, 4 },
+    { "thur",		tDAY, 4 },
+    { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
+    { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
+    { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Time units table. */
+static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
+    { "year",		tYEAR_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "month",		tMONTH_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "fortnight",	tDAY_UNIT,	14 },
+    { "week",		tDAY_UNIT,	7 },
+    { "day",		tDAY_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "hour",		tHOUR_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "minute",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
+    { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Assorted relative-time words. */
+static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
+    { "tomorrow",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 * 24 * 60 },
+    { "yesterday",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	-1 * 24 * 60 },
+    { "today",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
+    { "now",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
+    { "last",		tUNUMBER,	-1 },
+    { "this",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
+    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	2 },
+    { "first",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
+/*  { "second",		tUNUMBER,	2 }, */
+    { "third",		tUNUMBER,	3 },
+    { "fourth",		tUNUMBER,	4 },
+    { "fifth",		tUNUMBER,	5 },
+    { "sixth",		tUNUMBER,	6 },
+    { "seventh",	tUNUMBER,	7 },
+    { "eighth",		tUNUMBER,	8 },
+    { "ninth",		tUNUMBER,	9 },
+    { "tenth",		tUNUMBER,	10 },
+    { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
+    { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
+    { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* The timezone table. */
+static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
+    { "gmt",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Greenwich Mean */
+    { "ut",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Universal (Coordinated) */
+    { "utc",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },
+    { "wet",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Western European */
+    { "bst",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) },	/* British Summer */
+    { "wat",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) },	/* West Africa */
+    { "at",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) },	/* Azores */
+    { "ast",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Standard */
+    { "adt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Daylight */
+    { "est",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Standard */
+    { "edt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Daylight */
+    { "cst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Standard */
+    { "cdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Daylight */
+    { "mst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Standard */
+    { "mdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Daylight */
+    { "pst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Standard */
+    { "pdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Daylight */
+    { "yst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Standard */
+    { "ydt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Daylight */
+    { "hst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Standard */
+    { "hdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Daylight */
+    { "cat",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Central Alaska */
+    { "ahst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Alaska-Hawaii Standard */
+    { "nt",	tZONE,     HOUR (11) },	/* Nome */
+    { "idlw",	tZONE,     HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line West */
+    { "cet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Central European */
+    { "met",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European */
+    { "mewt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Winter */
+    { "mest",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
+    { "mesz",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
+    { "swt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Winter */
+    { "sst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Summer */
+    { "fwt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* French Winter */
+    { "fst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* French Summer */
+    { "eet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (2) },	/* Eastern Europe, USSR Zone 1 */
+    { "bt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (3) },	/* Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 */
+    { "zp4",	tZONE,     -HOUR (4) },	/* USSR Zone 3 */
+    { "zp5",	tZONE,     -HOUR (5) },	/* USSR Zone 4 */
+    { "zp6",	tZONE,     -HOUR (6) },	/* USSR Zone 5 */
+    { "wast",	tZONE,     -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Standard */
+    { "wadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Daylight */
+    { "cct",	tZONE,     -HOUR (8) },	/* China Coast, USSR Zone 7 */
+    { "jst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (9) },	/* Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 */
+    { "east",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Standard */
+    { "eadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Daylight */
+    { "gst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Guam Standard, USSR Zone 9 */
+    { "nzt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand */
+    { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
+    { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
+    { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Military timezone table. */
+static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
+    { "a",	tZONE,	HOUR (  1) },
+    { "b",	tZONE,	HOUR (  2) },
+    { "c",	tZONE,	HOUR (  3) },
+    { "d",	tZONE,	HOUR (  4) },
+    { "e",	tZONE,	HOUR (  5) },
+    { "f",	tZONE,	HOUR (  6) },
+    { "g",	tZONE,	HOUR (  7) },
+    { "h",	tZONE,	HOUR (  8) },
+    { "i",	tZONE,	HOUR (  9) },
+    { "k",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 10) },
+    { "l",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 11) },
+    { "m",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 12) },
+    { "n",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 1) },
+    { "o",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 2) },
+    { "p",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 3) },
+    { "q",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 4) },
+    { "r",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 5) },
+    { "s",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 6) },
+    { "t",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 7) },
+    { "u",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 8) },
+    { "v",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 9) },
+    { "w",	tZONE,	HOUR (-10) },
+    { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
+    { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
+    { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+
+
+
+static int yyerror (unused const char *s)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int ToHour (int Hours, MERIDIAN Meridian)
+{
+  switch (Meridian)
+    {
+    case MER24:
+      if (Hours < 0 || Hours > 23)
+	return -1;
+      return Hours;
+    case MERam:
+      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
+	return -1;
+      if (Hours == 12)
+	Hours = 0;
+      return Hours;
+    case MERpm:
+      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
+	return -1;
+      if (Hours == 12)
+	Hours = 0;
+      return Hours + 12;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int ToYear (int Year)
+{
+  if (Year < 0)
+    Year = -Year;
+
+  /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
+     years 69-99 map to 1969-1999.  */
+  if (Year < 69)
+    Year += 2000;
+  else if (Year < 100)
+    Year += 1900;
+
+  return Year;
+}
+
+static int LookupWord (char *buff)
+{
+  register char *p;
+  register char *q;
+  register const TABLE *tp;
+  int i;
+  bool abbrev;
+
+  /* Make it lowercase. */
+  for (p = buff; '\0' != *p; p++)
+    if (isupper (*p))
+      *p = tolower (*p);
+
+  if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
+    {
+      yylval.Meridian = MERam;
+      return tMERIDIAN;
+    }
+  if (strcmp (buff, "pm") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "p.m.") == 0)
+    {
+      yylval.Meridian = MERpm;
+      return tMERIDIAN;
+    }
+
+  /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month. */
+  if (strlen (buff) == 3)
+    abbrev = true;
+  else if (strlen (buff) == 4 && buff[3] == '.')
+    {
+      abbrev = true;
+      buff[3] = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    abbrev = false;
+
+  for (tp = MonthDayTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    {
+      if (abbrev)
+	{
+	  if (strncmp (buff, tp->name, 3) == 0)
+	    {
+	      yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	      return tp->type;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	  return tp->type;
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (tp = TimezoneTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+      {
+	yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	return tp->type;
+      }
+
+  if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0)
+    return tDST;
+
+  for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+      {
+	yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	return tp->type;
+      }
+
+  /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again. */
+  i = strlen (buff) - 1;
+  if (buff[i] == 's')
+    {
+      buff[i] = '\0';
+      for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
+	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	  {
+	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	    return tp->type;
+	  }
+      buff[i] = 's';		/* Put back for "this" in OtherTable. */
+    }
+
+  for (tp = OtherTable; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+      {
+	yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	return tp->type;
+      }
+
+  /* Military timezones. */
+  if (buff[1] == '\0' && isalpha (*buff))
+    {
+      for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
+	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	  {
+	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	    return tp->type;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  /* Drop out any periods and try the timezone table again. */
+  for (i = 0, p = q = buff; '\0' != *q; q++)
+    if (*q != '.')
+      *p++ = *q;
+    else
+      i++;
+  *p = '\0';
+  if (0 != i)
+    for (tp = TimezoneTable; NULL != tp->name; tp++)
+      if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
+	  return tp->type;
+	}
+
+  return tID;
+}
+
+static int
+yylex (void)
+{
+  register char c;
+  register char *p;
+  char buff[20];
+  int Count;
+  int sign;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      while (isspace (*yyInput))
+	yyInput++;
+
+      if (isdigit (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
+	{
+	  if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+	    {
+	      sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
+	      if (!isdigit (*++yyInput))
+		/* skip the '-' sign */
+		continue;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    sign = 0;
+	  for (yylval.Number = 0; isdigit (c = *yyInput++);)
+	    yylval.Number = 10 * yylval.Number + c - '0';
+	  yyInput--;
+	  if (sign < 0)
+	    yylval.Number = -yylval.Number;
+	  return (0 != sign) ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
+	}
+      if (isalpha (c))
+	{
+	  for (p = buff; (c = *yyInput++, isalpha (c)) || c == '.';)
+	    if (p < &buff[sizeof buff - 1])
+	      *p++ = c;
+	  *p = '\0';
+	  yyInput--;
+	  return LookupWord (buff);
+	}
+      if (c != '(')
+	return *yyInput++;
+      Count = 0;
+      do
+	{
+	  c = *yyInput++;
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    return c;
+	  if (c == '(')
+	    Count++;
+	  else if (c == ')')
+	    Count--;
+	}
+      while (Count > 0);
+    }
+}
+
+#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
+
+/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
+static long difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
+{
+  int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
+  int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
+  long days = (
+  /* difference in day of year */
+		a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday
+  /* + intervening leap days */
+		+ ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
+		- (ay / 100 - by / 100)
+		+ ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2))
+  /* + difference in years * 365 */
+		+ (long) (ay - by) * 365
+  );
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
+		+ (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
+	  + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
+}
+
+time_t get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
+{
+  struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
+  time_t Start;
+
+  yyInput = p;
+  Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
+  tmp = localtime (&Start);
+  yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
+  yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
+  yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
+  yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
+  yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
+  yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
+  yyMeridian = MER24;
+  yyRelSeconds = 0;
+  yyRelMinutes = 0;
+  yyRelHour = 0;
+  yyRelDay = 0;
+  yyRelMonth = 0;
+  yyRelYear = 0;
+  yyHaveDate = 0;
+  yyHaveDay = 0;
+  yyHaveRel = 0;
+  yyHaveTime = 0;
+  yyHaveZone = 0;
+
+  if (yyparse ()
+      || yyHaveTime > 1 || yyHaveZone > 1 || yyHaveDate > 1 || yyHaveDay > 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  tm.tm_year = ToYear (yyYear) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + yyRelYear;
+  tm.tm_mon = yyMonth - 1 + yyRelMonth;
+  tm.tm_mday = yyDay + yyRelDay;
+  if ((yyHaveTime != 0) ||
+      ( (yyHaveRel != 0) && (yyHaveDate == 0) && (yyHaveDay == 0) ))
+    {
+      tm.tm_hour = ToHour (yyHour, yyMeridian);
+      if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
+	return -1;
+      tm.tm_min = yyMinutes;
+      tm.tm_sec = yySeconds;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
+    }
+  tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
+  tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
+  tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
+  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
+  tm0 = tm;
+
+  Start = mktime (&tm);
+
+  if (Start == (time_t) -1)
+    {
+
+      /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t boundaries
+         when parsing times in other time zones.  For example, if the min
+         time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC and we are 8 hours ahead
+         of UTC, then the min localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00; if
+         we apply mktime to 1970-01-01 00:00:00 we will get an error, so
+         we apply mktime to 1970-01-02 08:00:00 instead and adjust the time
+         zone by 24 hours to compensate.  This algorithm assumes that
+         there is no DST transition within a day of the time_t boundaries.  */
+      if (yyHaveZone)
+	{
+	  tm = tm0;
+	  if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)
+	    {
+	      tm.tm_mday++;
+	      yyTimezone -= 24 * 60;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      tm.tm_mday--;
+	      yyTimezone += 24 * 60;
+	    }
+	  Start = mktime (&tm);
+	}
+
+      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
+	return Start;
+    }
+
+  if (yyHaveDay && !yyHaveDate)
+    {
+      tm.tm_mday += ((yyDayNumber - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
+		     + 7 * (yyDayOrdinal - (0 < yyDayOrdinal)));
+      Start = mktime (&tm);
+      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
+	return Start;
+    }
+
+  if (yyHaveZone)
+    {
+      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
+      if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
+	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
+      Start += delta;
+    }
+
+  return Start;
+}
+
+#if	defined (TEST)
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+main (ac, av)
+     int ac;
+     char *av[];
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+  time_t d;
+
+  (void) printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
+  (void) fflush (stdout);
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      d = get_date (buff, (time_t *) NULL);
+      if (d == -1)
+	(void) printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
+      else
+	(void) printf ("%s", ctime (&d));
+      (void) printf ("\t> ");
+      (void) fflush (stdout);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+#endif /* defined (TEST) */
diff --git a/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c b/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5294f50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * getgr_nam_gid - Return a pointer to the group specified by a string.
+ * The string may be a valid GID or a valid groupname.
+ * If the group does not exist on the system, NULL is returned.
+ */
+extern /*@only@*//*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (/*@null@*/const char *grname)
+{
+	long long int gid;
+	char *endptr;
+
+	if (NULL == grname) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	errno = 0;
+	gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
+	if (   ('\0' != *grname)
+	    && ('\0' == *endptr)
+	    && (ERANGE != errno)
+	    && (/*@+longintegral@*/gid == (gid_t)gid)/*@=longintegral@*/) {
+		return xgetgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
+	}
+	return xgetgrnam (grname);
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/getrange.c b/libmisc/getrange.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82f2edf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/getrange.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id: $"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * Parse a range and indicate if the range is valid.
+ * Valid ranges are in the form:
+ *     <long>          -> min=max=long         has_min  has_max
+ *     -<long>         -> max=long            !has_min  has_max
+ *     <long>-         -> min=long             has_min !has_max
+ *     <long1>-<long2> -> min=long1 max=long2  has_min  has_max
+ *
+ * If the range is valid, getrange returns 1.
+ * If the range is not valid, getrange returns 0.
+ */
+int getrange (const char *range,
+              unsigned long *min, bool *has_min,
+              unsigned long *max, bool *has_max)
+{
+	char *endptr;
+	unsigned long n;
+
+	if (NULL == range) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if ('-' == range[0]) {
+		if (!isdigit(range[1])) {
+			/* invalid */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		errno = 0;
+		n = strtoul (&range[1], &endptr, 10);
+		if (('\0' != *endptr) || (ERANGE == errno)) {
+			/* invalid */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/* -<long> */
+		*has_min = false;
+		*has_max = true;
+		*max = n;
+	} else {
+		errno = 0;
+		n = strtoul (range, &endptr, 10);
+		if (ERANGE == errno) {
+			/* invalid */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		switch (*endptr) {
+			case '\0':
+				/* <long> */
+				*has_min = true;
+				*has_max = true;
+				*min = n;
+				*max = n;
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				endptr++;
+				if ('\0' == *endptr) {
+					/* <long>- */
+					*has_min = true;
+					*has_max = false;
+					*min = n;
+				} else if (!isdigit (*endptr)) {
+					/* invalid */
+					return 0;
+				} else {
+					*has_min = true;
+					*min = n;
+					errno = 0;
+					n = strtoul (endptr, &endptr, 10);
+					if (   ('\0' != *endptr)
+					    || (ERANGE == errno)) {
+						/* invalid */
+						return 0;
+					}
+					/* <long>-<long> */
+					*has_max = true;
+					*max = n;
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/gettime.c b/libmisc/gettime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b288402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/gettime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2017, Chris Lamb
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*
+ * gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the Epoch
+ *
+ * Like time(), gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the
+ * Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC), except that if the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
+ * environment variable is exported it will use that instead.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/time_t gettime ()
+{
+	char *endptr;
+	char *source_date_epoch;
+	time_t fallback;
+	unsigned long long epoch;
+	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
+
+	fallback = time (NULL);
+	source_date_epoch = shadow_getenv ("SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH");
+
+	if (!source_date_epoch)
+		return fallback;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	epoch = strtoull (source_date_epoch, &endptr, 10);
+	if ((errno == ERANGE && (epoch == ULLONG_MAX || epoch == 0))
+			|| (errno != 0 && epoch == 0)) {
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: strtoull: %s\n"),
+			 strerror(errno));
+	} else if (endptr == source_date_epoch) {
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: No digits were found: %s\n"),
+			 endptr);
+	} else if (*endptr != '\0') {
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: Trailing garbage: %s\n"),
+			 endptr);
+	} else if (epoch > ULONG_MAX) {
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to %lu but was found to be: %llu\n"),
+			 ULONG_MAX, epoch);
+	} else if (epoch > fallback) {
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
+			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to the current time (%lu) but was found to be: %llu\n"),
+			 fallback, epoch);
+	} else {
+		/* Valid */
+		return (time_t)epoch;
+	}
+
+	return fallback;
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/hushed.c b/libmisc/hushed.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84b2f55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/hushed.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1993, Chip Rosenthal
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+/*
+ * hushed - determine if a user receives login messages
+ *
+ * Look in the hushed-logins file (or user's home directory) to see
+ * if the user is to receive the login-time messages.
+ */
+bool hushed (const char *username)
+{
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	const char *hushfile;
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	bool found;
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the name of the file to use.  If this option is not
+	 * defined, default to a noisy login.
+	 */
+
+	hushfile = getdef_str ("HUSHLOGIN_FILE");
+	if (NULL == hushfile) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	pw = getpwnam (username);
+	if (NULL == pw) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If this is not a fully rooted path then see if the
+	 * file exists in the user's home directory.
+	 */
+
+	if (hushfile[0] != '/') {
+		(void) snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%s/%s", pw->pw_dir, hushfile);
+		return (access (buf, F_OK) == 0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If this is a fully rooted path then go through the file
+	 * and see if this user, or its shell is in there.
+	 */
+
+	fp = fopen (hushfile, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
+		return false;
+	}
+	for (found = false; !found && (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf);) {
+		buf[strcspn (buf, "\n")] = '\0';
+		found = (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_shell) == 0) ||
+		        (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_name) == 0);
+	}
+	(void) fclose (fp);
+	return found;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/idmapping.c b/libmisc/idmapping.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30eb89f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/idmapping.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2013 Eric Biederman
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "idmapping.h"
+#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
+#include <sys/prctl.h>
+#include <sys/capability.h>
+#endif
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct map_range *mappings, *mapping;
+	int idx, argidx;
+
+	if (ranges < 0 || argc < 0) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "%s: error calculating number of arguments\n", log_get_progname());
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (ranges != ((argc + 2) / 3)) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "%s: ranges: %u is wrong for argc: %d\n", log_get_progname(), ranges, argc);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if ((ranges * 3) > argc) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "ranges: %u argc: %d\n",
+			ranges, argc);
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
+			_( "%s: Not enough arguments to form %u mappings\n"),
+			log_get_progname(), ranges);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	mappings = calloc(ranges, sizeof(*mappings));
+	if (!mappings) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: Memory allocation failure\n"),
+			log_get_progname());
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/* Gather up the ranges from the command line */
+	mapping = mappings;
+	for (idx = 0, argidx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, argidx += 3, mapping++) {
+		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 0], &mapping->upper)) {
+			free(mappings);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 1], &mapping->lower)) {
+			free(mappings);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 2], &mapping->count)) {
+			free(mappings);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (ULONG_MAX - mapping->upper <= mapping->count || ULONG_MAX - mapping->lower <= mapping->count) {
+			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if (mapping->upper > UINT_MAX ||
+			mapping->lower > UINT_MAX ||
+			mapping->count > UINT_MAX)  {
+			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if (mapping->lower + mapping->count > UINT_MAX ||
+				mapping->upper + mapping->count > UINT_MAX) {
+			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if (mapping->lower + mapping->count < mapping->lower ||
+				mapping->upper + mapping->count < mapping->upper) {
+			/* this one really shouldn't be possible given previous checks */
+			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+	return mappings;
+}
+
+/* Number of ascii digits needed to print any unsigned long in decimal.
+ * There are approximately 10 bits for every 3 decimal digits.
+ * So from bits to digits the formula is roundup((Number of bits)/10) * 3.
+ * For common sizes of integers this works out to:
+ *  2bytes -->  6 ascii estimate  -> 65536  (5 real)
+ *  4bytes --> 12 ascii estimated -> 4294967296 (10 real)
+ *  8bytes --> 21 ascii estimated -> 18446744073709551616 (20 real)
+ * 16bytes --> 39 ascii estimated -> 340282366920938463463374607431768211456 (39 real)
+ */
+#define ULONG_DIGITS ((((sizeof(unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT) + 9)/10)*3)
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
+static inline bool maps_lower_root(int cap, int ranges, const struct map_range *mappings)
+{
+	int idx;
+	const struct map_range *mapping;
+
+	if (cap != CAP_SETUID)
+		return false;
+
+	mapping = mappings;
+	for (idx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, mapping++) {
+		if (mapping->lower == 0)
+			return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The ruid refers to the caller's uid and is used to reset the effective uid
+ * back to the callers real uid.
+ * This clutch mainly exists for setuid-based new{g,u}idmap binaries that are
+ * called in contexts where all capabilities other than the necessary
+ * CAP_SET{G,U}ID capabilities are dropped. Since the kernel will require
+ * assurance that the caller holds CAP_SYS_ADMIN over the target user namespace
+ * the only way it can confirm is in this case is if the effective uid is
+ * equivalent to the uid owning the target user namespace.
+ * Note, we only support this when a) new{g,u}idmap is not called by root and
+ * b) if the caller's uid and the uid retrieved via system appropriate means
+ * (shadow file or other) are identical. Specifically, this does not support
+ * when the root user calls the new{g,u}idmap binary for an unprivileged user.
+ * If this is wanted: use file capabilities!
+ */
+void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges, const struct map_range *mappings,
+	const char *map_file, uid_t ruid)
+{
+	int idx;
+	const struct map_range *mapping;
+	size_t bufsize;
+	char *buf, *pos;
+	int fd;
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
+	int cap;
+	struct __user_cap_header_struct hdr = {_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0};
+	struct __user_cap_data_struct data[2] = {{0}};
+
+	if (strcmp(map_file, "uid_map") == 0) {
+		cap = CAP_SETUID;
+	} else if (strcmp(map_file, "gid_map") == 0) {
+		cap = CAP_SETGID;
+	} else {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Invalid map file %s specified\n"), log_get_progname(), map_file);
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/* Align setuid- and fscaps-based new{g,u}idmap behavior. */
+	if (geteuid() == 0 && geteuid() != ruid) {
+		if (prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS, 1, 0, 0, 0) < 0) {
+			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS)\n"), log_get_progname());
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+
+		if (seteuid(ruid) < 0) {
+			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not seteuid to %d\n"), log_get_progname(), ruid);
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Lockdown new{g,u}idmap by dropping all unneeded capabilities. */
+	memset(data, 0, sizeof(data));
+	data[0].effective = CAP_TO_MASK(cap);
+	/*
+	 * When uid 0 from the ancestor userns is supposed to be mapped into
+	 * the child userns we need to retain CAP_SETFCAP.
+	 */
+	if (maps_lower_root(cap, ranges, mappings))
+		data[0].effective |= CAP_TO_MASK(CAP_SETFCAP);
+	data[0].permitted = data[0].effective;
+	if (capset(&hdr, data) < 0) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not set caps\n"), log_get_progname());
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	bufsize = ranges * ((ULONG_DIGITS + 1) * 3);
+	pos = buf = xmalloc(bufsize);
+
+	/* Build the mapping command */
+	mapping = mappings;
+	for (idx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, mapping++) {
+		/* Append this range to the string that will be written */
+		int written = snprintf(pos, bufsize - (pos - buf),
+			"%lu %lu %lu\n",
+			mapping->upper,
+			mapping->lower,
+			mapping->count);
+		if ((written <= 0) || (written >= (bufsize - (pos - buf)))) {
+			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: snprintf failed!\n"), log_get_progname());
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		pos += written;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the mapping to the mapping file */
+	fd = openat(proc_dir_fd, map_file, O_WRONLY);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: open of %s failed: %s\n"),
+			log_get_progname(), map_file, strerror(errno));
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	if (write(fd, buf, pos - buf) != (pos - buf)) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: write to %s failed: %s\n"),
+			log_get_progname(), map_file, strerror(errno));
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	close(fd);
+	free(buf);
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/idmapping.h b/libmisc/idmapping.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46d4631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/idmapping.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2013 Eric Biederman
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IDMAPPING_H_
+#define _IDMAPPING_H_
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+struct map_range {
+	unsigned long upper; /* first ID inside the namespace */
+	unsigned long lower; /* first ID outside the namespace */
+	unsigned long count; /* Length of the inside and outside ranges */
+};
+
+extern struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv);
+extern void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges,
+	const struct map_range *mappings, const char *map_file, uid_t ruid);
+
+#endif /* _ID_MAPPING_H_ */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/isexpired.c b/libmisc/isexpired.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff20396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/isexpired.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Extracted from age.c and made part of libshadow.a - may be useful
+ * in other shadow-aware programs.  --marekm
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+
+/*
+ * isexpired - determine if account is expired yet
+ *
+ *	isexpired calculates the expiration date based on the
+ *	password expiration criteria.
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *	0: The password is still valid
+ *	1: The password has expired, it must be changed
+ *	2: The password has expired since a long time and the account is
+ *	   now disabled. (password cannot be changed)
+ *	3: The account has expired
+ */
+int isexpired (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
+{
+	long now;
+
+	now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
+
+	if (NULL == sp) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Quick and easy - there is an expired account field
+	 * along with an inactive account field.  Do the expired
+	 * one first since it is worse.
+	 */
+
+	if ((sp->sp_expire > 0) && (now >= sp->sp_expire)) {
+		return 3;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Last changed date 1970-01-01 (not very likely) means that
+	 * the password must be changed on next login (passwd -e).
+	 *
+	 * The check for "x" is a workaround for RedHat NYS libc bug -
+	 * if /etc/shadow doesn't exist, getspnam() still succeeds and
+	 * returns sp_lstchg==0 (must change password) instead of -1!
+	 */
+	if (   (0 == sp->sp_lstchg)
+	    && (strcmp (pw->pw_passwd, SHADOW_PASSWD_STRING) == 0)) {
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	if (   (sp->sp_lstchg > 0)
+	    && (sp->sp_max >= 0)
+	    && (sp->sp_inact >= 0)
+	    && (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max + sp->sp_inact))) {
+		return 2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The last and max fields must be present for an account
+	 * to have an expired password.  A maximum of >10000 days
+	 * is considered to be infinite.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
+	    || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
+	    || (sp->sp_max >= ((10000L * DAY) / SCALE))) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate today's day and the day on which the password
+	 * is going to expire.  If that date has already passed,
+	 * the password has expired.
+	 */
+
+	if (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max)) {
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/limits.c b/libmisc/limits.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fea85fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/limits.c
@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Separated from setup.c.  --marekm
+ * Resource limits thanks to Cristian Gafton.
+ * Enhancements of resource limit code by Thomas Orgis <thomas@orgis.org>
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#define LIMITS
+#endif
+#ifdef LIMITS
+#ifndef LIMITS_FILE
+#define LIMITS_FILE "/etc/limits"
+#endif
+#define LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT	1
+#define LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN	2
+/* Set a limit on a resource */
+/*
+ *	rlimit - RLIMIT_XXXX
+ *	value - string value to be read
+ *	multiplier - value*multiplier is the actual limit
+ */
+static int setrlimit_value (unsigned int resource,
+                            const char *value,
+                            unsigned int multiplier)
+{
+	struct rlimit rlim;
+	rlim_t limit;
+
+	/* The "-" is special, not belonging to a strange negative limit.
+	 * It is infinity, in a controlled way.
+	 */
+	if ('-' == value[0]) {
+		limit = RLIM_INFINITY;
+	}
+	else {
+		/* We cannot use getlong here because it fails when there
+		 * is more to the value than just this number!
+		 * Also, we are limited to base 10 here (hex numbers will not
+		 * work with the limit string parser as is anyway)
+		 */
+		char *endptr;
+		long longlimit = strtol (value, &endptr, 10);
+		if ((0 == longlimit) && (value == endptr)) {
+			/* No argument at all. No-op.
+			 * FIXME: We could instead throw an error, though.
+			 */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		longlimit *= multiplier;
+		limit = (rlim_t)longlimit;
+		if (longlimit != limit)
+		{
+			/* FIXME: Again, silent error handling...
+			 * Wouldn't screaming make more sense?
+			 */
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	rlim.rlim_cur = limit;
+	rlim.rlim_max = limit;
+	if (setrlimit (resource, &rlim) != 0) {
+		return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int set_prio (const char *value)
+{
+	long prio;
+
+	if (   (getlong (value, &prio) == 0)
+	    || (prio != (int) prio)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (setpriority (PRIO_PROCESS, 0, (int) prio) != 0) {
+		return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int set_umask (const char *value)
+{
+	unsigned long int mask;
+
+	if (   (getulong (value, &mask) == 0)
+	    || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	(void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Counts the number of user logins and check against the limit */
+static int check_logins (const char *name, const char *maxlogins)
+{
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+	struct utmpx *ut;
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	struct utmp *ut;
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	unsigned long limit, count;
+
+	if (getulong (maxlogins, &limit) == 0) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == limit) {	/* maximum 0 logins ? */
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "No logins allowed for `%s'\n", name));
+		return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
+	}
+
+	count = 0;
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+	setutxent ();
+	while ((ut = getutxent ()))
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	setutent ();
+	while ((ut = getutent ()))
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	{
+		if (USER_PROCESS != ut->ut_type) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if ('\0' == ut->ut_user[0]) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp (name, ut->ut_user, sizeof (ut->ut_user)) != 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		count++;
+		if (count > limit) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+	endutxent ();
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	endutent ();
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	/*
+	 * This is called after setutmp(), so the number of logins counted
+	 * includes the user who is currently trying to log in.
+	 */
+	if (count > limit) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Too many logins (max %lu) for %s\n",
+		         limit, name));
+		return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* Function setup_user_limits - checks/set limits for the current login
+ * Original idea from Joel Katz's lshell. Ported to shadow-login
+ * by Cristian Gafton - gafton@sorosis.ro
+ *
+ * We are passed a string of the form ('BASH' constants for ulimit)
+ *     [Aa][Cc][Dd][Ff][Mm][Nn][Rr][Ss][Tt][Uu][Ll][Pp][Ii][Oo]
+ *     (eg. 'C2F256D2048N5' or 'C2 F256 D2048 N5')
+ * where:
+ * [Aa]: a = RLIMIT_AS		max address space (KB)
+ * [Cc]: c = RLIMIT_CORE	max core file size (KB)
+ * [Dd]: d = RLIMIT_DATA	max data size (KB)
+ * [Ff]: f = RLIMIT_FSIZE	max file size (KB)
+ * [Ii]: i = RLIMIT_NICE    max nice value (0..39 translates to 20..-19)
+ * [Kk]: k = file creation masK (umask)
+ * [Ll]: l = max number of logins for this user
+ * [Mm]: m = RLIMIT_MEMLOCK	max locked-in-memory address space (KB)
+ * [Nn]: n = RLIMIT_NOFILE	max number of open files
+ * [Oo]: o = RLIMIT_RTPRIO  max real time priority (linux/sched.h 0..MAX_RT_PRIO)
+ * [Pp]: p = process priority -20..20 (negative = high, positive = low)
+ * [Rr]: r = RLIMIT_RSS		max resident set size (KB)
+ * [Ss]: s = RLIMIT_STACK	max stack size (KB)
+ * [Tt]: t = RLIMIT_CPU		max CPU time (MIN)
+ * [Uu]: u = RLIMIT_NPROC	max number of processes
+ *
+ * NOTE: Remember to extend the "no-limits" string below when adding a new
+ * limit...
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *		0 = okay, of course
+ *		LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT = error setting some RLIMIT
+ *		LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN  = error - too many logins for this user
+ *
+ * buf - the limits string
+ * name - the username
+ */
+static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
+{
+	const char *pp;
+	int retval = 0;
+	bool reported = false;
+
+	pp = buf;
+	/* Skip leading whitespace. */
+	while ((' ' == *pp) || ('\t' == *pp)) {
+		pp++;
+	}
+
+	/* The special limit string "-" results in no limit for all known
+	 * limits.
+	 * We achieve that by parsing a full limit string, parts of it
+	 * being ignored if a limit type is not known to the system.
+	 * Though, there will be complaining for unknown limit types.
+	 */
+	if (strcmp (pp, "-") == 0) {
+		/* Remember to extend this, too, when adding new limits!
+		 * Oh... but "unlimited" does not make sense for umask,
+		 * or does it? (K-)
+		 */
+		pp = "A- C- D- F- I- L- M- N- O- P- R- S- T- U-";
+	}
+
+	while ('\0' != *pp) {
+		switch (*pp++) {
+#ifdef RLIMIT_AS
+		case 'a':
+		case 'A':
+			/* RLIMIT_AS - max address space (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_AS, pp, 1024);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
+		case 'c':
+		case 'C':
+			/* RLIMIT_CORE - max core file size (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CORE, pp, 1024);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
+		case 'd':
+		case 'D':
+			/* RLIMIT_DATA - max data size (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_DATA, pp, 1024);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
+		case 'f':
+		case 'F':
+			/* RLIMIT_FSIZE - Maximum filesize (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_FSIZE, pp, 1024);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NICE
+		case 'i':
+		case 'I':
+			/* RLIMIT_NICE - max scheduling priority (0..39) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NICE, pp, 1);
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'k':
+		case 'K':
+			retval |= set_umask (pp);
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+		case 'L':
+			/* LIMIT the number of concurrent logins */
+			retval |= check_logins (name, pp);
+			break;
+#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
+		case 'm':
+		case 'M':
+			/* RLIMIT_MEMLOCK - max locked-in-memory address space (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, pp, 1024);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
+		case 'n':
+		case 'N':
+			/* RLIMIT_NOFILE - max number of open files */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NOFILE, pp, 1);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_RTPRIO
+		case 'o':
+		case 'O':
+			/* RLIMIT_RTPRIO - max real time priority (0..MAX_RT_PRIO) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RTPRIO, pp, 1);
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'p':
+		case 'P':
+			retval |= set_prio (pp);
+			break;
+#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
+		case 'r':
+		case 'R':
+			/* RLIMIT_RSS - max resident set size (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RSS, pp, 1024);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
+		case 's':
+		case 'S':
+			/* RLIMIT_STACK - max stack size (KB) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_STACK, pp, 1024);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
+		case 't':
+		case 'T':
+			/* RLIMIT_CPU - max CPU time (MIN) */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CPU, pp, 60);
+			break;
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
+		case 'u':
+		case 'U':
+			/* RLIMIT_NPROC - max number of processes */
+			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NPROC, pp, 1);
+			break;
+#endif
+		default:
+			/* Only report invalid strings once */
+			/* Note: A string can be invalid just because a
+			 * specific (theoretically valid) setting is not
+			 * supported by this build.
+			 * It is just a warning in syslog anyway. The line
+			 * is still processed
+			 */
+			if (!reported) {
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+				         "Invalid limit string: '%s'",
+				         pp-1));
+				reported = true;
+				retval |= LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
+			}
+		}
+		/* After parsing one limit setting (or just complaining
+		 * about it), one still needs to skip its argument to
+		 * prevent a bogus warning on trying to parse that as
+		 * limit specification.
+		 * So, let's skip all digits, "-" and our limited set of
+		 * whitespace.
+		 */
+		while (   isdigit (*pp)
+		       || ('-'  == *pp)
+		       || (' '  == *pp)
+		       || ('\t' ==*pp)) {
+			pp++;
+		}
+	}
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/* Check if user uname is in the group gname.
+ * Can I be sure that gr_mem contains no UID as string?
+ * Returns true when user is in the group, false when not.
+ * Any error is treated as false.
+ */
+static bool user_in_group (const char *uname, const char *gname)
+{
+	struct group *groupdata;
+
+	if (uname == NULL || gname == NULL) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* We are not claiming to be re-entrant!
+	 * In case of paranoia or a multithreaded login program,
+	 * one needs to add some mess for getgrnam_r. */
+	groupdata = getgrnam (gname);
+	if (NULL == groupdata) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "Nonexisting group `%s' in limits file.",
+		         gname));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return is_on_list (groupdata->gr_mem, uname);
+}
+
+static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
+{
+	FILE *fil;
+	char buf[1024];
+	char name[1024];
+	char limits[1024];
+	char deflimits[1024];
+	char tempbuf[1024];
+
+	/* init things */
+	memzero (buf, sizeof (buf));
+	memzero (name, sizeof (name));
+	memzero (limits, sizeof (limits));
+	memzero (deflimits, sizeof (deflimits));
+	memzero (tempbuf, sizeof (tempbuf));
+
+	/* start the checks */
+	fil = fopen (LIMITS_FILE, "r");
+	if (fil == NULL) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	/* The limits file have the following format:
+	 * - '#' (comment) chars only as first chars on a line;
+	 * - username must start on first column (or *, or @group)
+	 *
+	 * FIXME: A better (smarter) checking should be done
+	 */
+	while (fgets (buf, 1024, fil) != NULL) {
+		if (('#' == buf[0]) || ('\n' == buf[0])) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		memzero (tempbuf, sizeof (tempbuf));
+		/* a valid line should have a username, then spaces,
+		 * then limits
+		 * we allow the format:
+		 * username    L2  D2048  R4096
+		 * where spaces={' ',\t}. Also, we reject invalid limits.
+		 * Imposing a limit should be done with care, so a wrong
+		 * entry means no care anyway :-).
+		 *
+		 * A '-' as a limits strings means no limits
+		 *
+		 * The username can also be:
+		 *  '*': the default limits (only the last is taken into
+		 *       account)
+		 *  @group: the limit applies to the members of the group
+		 *
+		 * To clarify: The first entry with matching user name rules,
+		 * everything after it is ignored. If there is no user entry,
+		 * the last encountered entry for a matching group rules.
+		 * If there is no matching group entry, the default limits rule.
+		 */
+		if (sscanf (buf, "%s%[ACDFIKLMNOPRSTUacdfiklmnoprstu0-9 \t-]",
+		            name, tempbuf) == 2) {
+			if (strcmp (name, uname) == 0) {
+				strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
+				break;
+			} else if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) {
+				strcpy (deflimits, tempbuf);
+			} else if (name[0] == '@') {
+				/* If the user is in the group, the group
+				 * limits apply unless later a line for
+				 * the specific user is found.
+				 */
+				if (user_in_group (uname, name+1)) {
+					strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	(void) fclose (fil);
+	if (limits[0] == '\0') {
+		/* no user specific limits */
+		if (deflimits[0] == '\0') {	/* no default limits */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		strcpy (limits, deflimits);	/* use the default limits */
+	}
+	return do_user_limits (limits, uname);
+}
+#endif				/* LIMITS */
+
+
+static void setup_usergroups (const struct passwd *info)
+{
+	const struct group *grp;
+
+/*
+ *	if not root, and UID == GID, and username is the same as primary
+ *	group name, set umask group bits to be the same as owner bits
+ *	(examples: 022 -> 002, 077 -> 007).
+ */
+	if ((0 != info->pw_uid) && (info->pw_uid == info->pw_gid)) {
+		/* local, no need for xgetgrgid */
+		grp = getgrgid (info->pw_gid);
+		if (   (NULL != grp)
+		    && (strcmp (info->pw_name, grp->gr_name) == 0)) {
+			mode_t tmpmask;
+			tmpmask = umask (0777);
+			tmpmask = (tmpmask & ~070) | ((tmpmask >> 3) & 070);
+			(void) umask (tmpmask);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ *	set the process nice, ulimit, and umask from the password file entry
+ */
+
+void setup_limits (const struct passwd *info)
+{
+	char *cp;
+
+	if (getdef_bool ("USERGROUPS_ENAB")) {
+		setup_usergroups (info);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * See if the GECOS field contains values for NICE, UMASK or ULIMIT.
+	 * If this feature is enabled in /etc/login.defs, we make those
+	 * values the defaults for this login session.
+	 */
+
+	if (getdef_bool ("QUOTAS_ENAB")) {
+#ifdef LIMITS
+		if (info->pw_uid != 0) {
+			if ((setup_user_limits (info->pw_name) & LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN) != 0) {
+				(void) fputs (_("Too many logins.\n"), log_get_logfd());
+				(void) sleep (2); /* XXX: Should be FAIL_DELAY */
+				exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		for (cp = info->pw_gecos; cp != NULL; cp = strchr (cp, ',')) {
+			if (',' == *cp) {
+				cp++;
+			}
+
+			if (strncmp (cp, "pri=", 4) == 0) {
+				long int inc;
+				if (   (getlong (cp + 4, &inc) == 1)
+				    && (inc >= -20) && (inc <= 20)) {
+					errno = 0;
+					if (   (nice ((int) inc) != -1)
+					    || (0 != errno)) {
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* Failed to parse or failed to nice() */
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+				         "Can't set the nice value for user %s",
+				         info->pw_name));
+
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (strncmp (cp, "ulimit=", 7) == 0) {
+				long int blocks;
+				if (   (getlong (cp + 7, &blocks) == 0)
+				    || (blocks != (int) blocks)
+				    || (set_filesize_limit ((int) blocks) != 0)) {
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+					         "Can't set the ulimit for user %s",
+					         info->pw_name));
+				}
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (strncmp (cp, "umask=", 6) == 0) {
+				unsigned long int mask;
+				if (   (getulong (cp + 6, &mask) == 0)
+				    || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+					         "Can't set umask value for user %s",
+					         info->pw_name));
+				} else {
+					(void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
+				}
+
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#else				/* !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/list.c b/libmisc/list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d7ec77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+/*
+ * add_list - add a member to a list of group members
+ *
+ *	the array of member names is searched for the new member
+ *	name, and if not present it is added to a freshly allocated
+ *	list of users.
+ */
+/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **add_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
+{
+	int i;
+	char **tmp;
+
+	assert (NULL != member);
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
+	/*
+	 * Scan the list for the new name.  Return the original list
+	 * pointer if it is present.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
+		if (strcmp (list[i], member) == 0) {
+			return list;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate a new list pointer large enough to hold all the
+	 * old entries, and the new entries as well.
+	 */
+
+	tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((i + 2) * sizeof member);
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy the original list to the new list, then append the
+	 * new member and NULL terminate the result.  This new list
+	 * is returned to the invoker.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
+		tmp[i] = list[i];
+	}
+
+	tmp[i] = xstrdup (member);
+	tmp[i+1] = (char *) 0;
+
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * del_list - delete a member from a list of group members
+ *
+ *	the array of member names is searched for the old member
+ *	name, and if present it is deleted from a freshly allocated
+ *	list of users.
+ */
+
+/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **del_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
+{
+	int i, j;
+	char **tmp;
+
+	assert (NULL != member);
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
+	/*
+	 * Scan the list for the old name.  Return the original list
+	 * pointer if it is not present.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = j = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
+		if (strcmp (list[i], member) != 0) {
+			j++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (j == i) {
+		return list;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate a new list pointer large enough to hold all the
+	 * old entries.
+	 */
+
+	tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((j + 1) * sizeof member);
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy the original list except the deleted members to the
+	 * new list, then NULL terminate the result.  This new list
+	 * is returned to the invoker.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = j = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
+		if (strcmp (list[i], member) != 0) {
+			tmp[j] = list[i];
+			j++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	tmp[j] = (char *) 0;
+
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Duplicate a list.
+ * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
+ * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
+ * constant strings here.
+ */
+/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **dup_list (char *const *list)
+{
+	int i;
+	char **tmp;
+
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
+	for (i = 0; NULL != list[i]; i++);
+
+	tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+
+	i = 0;
+	while (NULL != *list) {
+		tmp[i] = xstrdup (*list);
+		i++;
+		list++;
+	}
+
+	tmp[i] = (char *) 0;
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if member is part of the input list
+ * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
+ * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
+ * constant strings here.
+ */
+bool is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member)
+{
+	assert (NULL != member);
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
+	while (NULL != *list) {
+		if (strcmp (*list, member) == 0) {
+			return true;
+		}
+		list++;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * comma_to_list - convert comma-separated list to (char *) array
+ */
+
+/*@only@*/char **comma_to_list (const char *comma)
+{
+	char *members;
+	char **array;
+	int i;
+	char *cp;
+	char *cp2;
+
+	assert (NULL != comma);
+
+	/*
+	 * Make a copy since we are going to be modifying the list
+	 */
+
+	members = xstrdup (comma);
+
+	/*
+	 * Count the number of commas in the list
+	 */
+
+	for (cp = members, i = 0;; i++) {
+		cp2 = strchr (cp, ',');
+		if (NULL != cp2) {
+			cp = cp2 + 1;
+		} else {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Add 2 - one for the ending NULL, the other for the last item
+	 */
+
+	i += 2;
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate the array we're going to store the pointers into.
+	 */
+
+	array = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * i);
+
+	/*
+	 * Empty list is special - 0 members, not 1 empty member.  --marekm
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == *members) {
+		*array = (char *) 0;
+		free (members);
+		return array;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now go walk that list all over again, this time building the
+	 * array of pointers.
+	 */
+
+	for (cp = members, i = 0;; i++) {
+		array[i] = cp;
+		cp2 = strchr (cp, ',');
+		if (NULL != cp2) {
+			*cp2 = '\0';
+			cp2++;
+			cp = cp2;
+		} else {
+			array[i + 1] = (char *) 0;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Return the new array of pointers
+	 */
+
+	return array;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/log.c b/libmisc/log.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a220be0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/log.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <lastlog.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * dolastlog - create lastlog entry
+ *
+ *	A "last login" entry is created for the user being logged in.  The
+ *	UID is extracted from the global (struct passwd) entry and the
+ *	TTY information is gotten from the (struct utmp).
+ */
+void dolastlog (
+	struct lastlog *ll,
+	const struct passwd *pw,
+	/*@unique@*/const char *line,
+	/*@unique@*/const char *host)
+{
+	int fd;
+	off_t offset;
+	struct lastlog newlog;
+	time_t ll_time;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the file does not exist, don't create it.
+	 */
+
+	fd = open (LASTLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
+	if (-1 == fd) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The file is indexed by UID number.  Seek to the record
+	 * for this UID.  Negative UID's will create problems, but ...
+	 */
+
+	offset = (off_t) pw->pw_uid * sizeof newlog;
+
+	if (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't read last lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s. Entry not updated.",
+		         (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
+		(void) close (fd);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Read the old entry so we can tell the user when they last
+	 * logged in.  Then construct the new entry and write it out
+	 * the way we read the old one in.
+	 */
+
+	if (read (fd, (void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog) {
+		memzero (&newlog, sizeof newlog);
+	}
+	if (NULL != ll) {
+		*ll = newlog;
+	}
+
+	ll_time = newlog.ll_time;
+	(void) time (&ll_time);
+	newlog.ll_time = ll_time;
+	strncpy (newlog.ll_line, line, sizeof (newlog.ll_line) - 1);
+#if HAVE_LL_HOST
+	strncpy (newlog.ll_host, host, sizeof (newlog.ll_host) - 1);
+#endif
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset)
+	    || (write (fd, (const void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog)
+	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't write lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+		         (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
+		(void) close (fd);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/loginprompt.c b/libmisc/loginprompt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a67f46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/loginprompt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+static void login_exit (unused int sig)
+{
+	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * login_prompt - prompt the user for their login name
+ *
+ * login_prompt() displays the standard login prompt.  If ISSUE_FILE
+ * is set in login.defs, this file is displayed before the prompt.
+ */
+
+void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
+{
+	char buf[1024];
+
+#define MAX_ENV 32
+	char *envp[MAX_ENV];
+	char *cp;
+	int i;
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	sighandler_t sigquit;
+#ifdef	SIGTSTP
+	sighandler_t sigtstp;
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * There is a small chance that a QUIT character will be part of
+	 * some random noise during a prompt.  Deal with this by exiting
+	 * instead of core dumping.  If SIGTSTP is defined, do the same
+	 * thing for that signal.
+	 */
+
+	sigquit = signal (SIGQUIT, login_exit);
+#ifdef	SIGTSTP
+	sigtstp = signal (SIGTSTP, login_exit);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * See if the user has configured the issue file to
+	 * be displayed and display it before the prompt.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL != prompt) {
+		const char *fname = getdef_str ("ISSUE_FILE");
+		if (NULL != fname) {
+			fp = fopen (fname, "r");
+			if (NULL != fp) {
+				while ((i = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
+					(void) putc (i, stdout);
+				}
+
+				(void) fclose (fp);
+			}
+		}
+		(void) gethostname (buf, sizeof buf);
+		printf (prompt, buf);
+		(void) fflush (stdout);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Read the user's response.  The trailing newline will be
+	 * removed.
+	 */
+
+	memzero (buf, sizeof buf);
+	if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, stdin) != buf) {
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
+	if (NULL == cp) {
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	*cp = '\0';		/* remove \n [ must be there ] */
+
+	/*
+	 * Skip leading whitespace.  This makes "  username" work right.
+	 * Then copy the rest (up to the end or the first "non-graphic"
+	 * character into the username.
+	 */
+
+	for (cp = buf; *cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t'; cp++);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < namesize - 1 && isgraph (*cp); name[i++] = *cp++);
+	while (isgraph (*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	}
+
+	if ('\0' != *cp) {
+		cp++;
+	}
+
+	name[i] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * This is a disaster, at best.  The user may have entered extra
+	 * environmental variables at the prompt.  There are several ways
+	 * to do this, and I just take the easy way out.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' != *cp) {	/* process new variables */
+		char *nvar;
+		int count = 1;
+		int envc;
+
+		for (envc = 0; envc < MAX_ENV; envc++) {
+			nvar = strtok ((0 != envc) ? (char *) 0 : cp, " \t,");
+			if (NULL == nvar) {
+				break;
+			}
+			if (strchr (nvar, '=') != NULL) {
+				envp[envc] = nvar;
+			} else {
+				size_t len = strlen (nvar) + 32;
+				envp[envc] = xmalloc (len);
+				(void) snprintf (envp[envc], len,
+				                 "L%d=%s", count++, nvar);
+			}
+		}
+		set_env (envc, envp);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Set the SIGQUIT handler back to its original value
+	 */
+
+	(void) signal (SIGQUIT, sigquit);
+#ifdef	SIGTSTP
+	(void) signal (SIGTSTP, sigtstp);
+#endif
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/mail.c b/libmisc/mail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..647f879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/mail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+
+void mailcheck (void)
+{
+	struct stat statbuf;
+	char *mailbox;
+
+	if (!getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check incoming mail in Maildir format - J.
+	 */
+	mailbox = getenv ("MAILDIR");
+	if (NULL != mailbox) {
+		char *newmail;
+		size_t len = strlen (mailbox) + 5;
+		int wlen;
+
+		newmail = xmalloc (len);
+		wlen = snprintf (newmail, len, "%s/new", mailbox);
+		assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
+
+		if (stat (newmail, &statbuf) != -1 && statbuf.st_size != 0) {
+			if (statbuf.st_mtime > statbuf.st_atime) {
+				free (newmail);
+				(void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+		free (newmail);
+	}
+
+	mailbox = getenv ("MAIL");
+	if (NULL == mailbox) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (   (stat (mailbox, &statbuf) == -1)
+	    || (statbuf.st_size == 0)) {
+		(void) puts (_("No mail."));
+	} else if (statbuf.st_atime > statbuf.st_mtime) {
+		(void) puts (_("You have mail."));
+	} else {
+		(void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/motd.c b/libmisc/motd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f7e523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/motd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2010       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+/*
+ * motd -- output the /etc/motd file
+ *
+ * motd() determines the name of a login announcement file and outputs
+ * it to the user's terminal at login time.  The MOTD_FILE configuration
+ * option is a colon-delimited list of filenames.
+ */
+void motd (void)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	char *motdlist;
+	const char *motdfile;
+	char *mb;
+	int c;
+
+	motdfile = getdef_str ("MOTD_FILE");
+	if (NULL == motdfile) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	motdlist = xstrdup (motdfile);
+
+	for (mb = motdlist; ;mb = NULL) {
+		motdfile = strtok (mb, ":");
+		if (NULL == motdfile) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		fp = fopen (motdfile, "r");
+		if (NULL != fp) {
+			while ((c = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
+				putchar (c);
+			}
+			fclose (fp);
+		}
+	}
+	fflush (stdout);
+
+	free (motdlist);
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/myname.c b/libmisc/myname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b02617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/myname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * myname.c - determine the current username and get the passwd entry
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void)
+{
+	struct passwd *pw;
+	const char *cp = getlogin ();
+	uid_t ruid = getuid ();
+
+	/*
+	 * Try getlogin() first - if it fails or returns a non-existent
+	 * username, or a username which doesn't match the real UID, fall
+	 * back to getpwuid(getuid()).  This should work reasonably with
+	 * usernames longer than the utmp limit (8 characters), as well as
+	 * shared UIDs - but not both at the same time...
+	 *
+	 * XXX - when running from su, will return the current user (not
+	 * the original user, like getlogin() does).  Does this matter?
+	 */
+	if ((NULL != cp) && ('\0' != *cp)) {
+		pw = xgetpwnam (cp);
+		if ((NULL != pw) && (pw->pw_uid == ruid)) {
+			return pw;
+		}
+		if (NULL != pw) {
+			pw_free (pw);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return xgetpwuid (ruid);
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/obscure.c b/libmisc/obscure.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3daaa95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/obscure.c
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+
+/*
+ * This version of obscure.c contains modifications to support "cracklib"
+ * by Alec Muffet (alec.muffett@uk.sun.com).  You must obtain the Cracklib
+ * library source code for this function to operate.
+ */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+/*
+ * can't be a palindrome - like `R A D A R' or `M A D A M'
+ */
+static bool palindrome (unused const char *old, const char *new)
+{
+	size_t i, j;
+
+	i = strlen (new);
+
+	for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
+		if (new[i - j - 1] != new[j]) {
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * more than half of the characters are different ones.
+ */
+
+static bool similar (/*@notnull@*/const char *old, /*@notnull@*/const char *new)
+{
+	int i, j;
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX - sometimes this fails when changing from a simple password
+	 * to a really long one (MD5).  For now, I just return success if
+	 * the new password is long enough.  Please feel free to suggest
+	 * something better...  --marekm
+	 */
+	if (strlen (new) >= 8) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	for (i = j = 0; ('\0' != new[i]) && ('\0' != old[i]); i++) {
+		if (strchr (new, old[i]) != NULL) {
+			j++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (i >= j * 2) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * a nice mix of characters.
+ */
+
+static bool simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
+{
+	bool digits = false;
+	bool uppers = false;
+	bool lowers = false;
+	bool others = false;
+	int size;
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; '\0' != new[i]; i++) {
+		if (isdigit (new[i])) {
+			digits = true;
+		} else if (isupper (new[i])) {
+			uppers = true;
+		} else if (islower (new[i])) {
+			lowers = true;
+		} else {
+			others = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The scam is this - a password of only one character type
+	 * must be 8 letters long.  Two types, 7, and so on.
+	 */
+
+	size = 9;
+	if (digits) {
+		size--;
+	}
+	if (uppers) {
+		size--;
+	}
+	if (lowers) {
+		size--;
+	}
+	if (others) {
+		size--;
+	}
+
+	if (size <= i) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static char *str_lower (/*@returned@*/char *string)
+{
+	char *cp;
+
+	for (cp = string; '\0' != *cp; cp++) {
+		*cp = tolower (*cp);
+	}
+	return string;
+}
+
+static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *password_check (
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *old,
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *new,
+	/*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
+{
+	const char *msg = NULL;
+	char *oldmono, *newmono, *wrapped;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK
+	char *dictpath;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW
+	char *FascistCheckPw ();
+#else
+	char *FascistCheck ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	if (strcmp (new, old) == 0) {
+		return _("no change");
+	}
+
+	newmono = str_lower (xstrdup (new));
+	oldmono = str_lower (xstrdup (old));
+	wrapped = xmalloc (strlen (oldmono) * 2 + 1);
+	strcpy (wrapped, oldmono);
+	strcat (wrapped, oldmono);
+
+	if (palindrome (oldmono, newmono)) {
+		msg = _("a palindrome");
+	} else if (strcmp (oldmono, newmono) == 0) {
+		msg = _("case changes only");
+	} else if (similar (oldmono, newmono)) {
+		msg = _("too similar");
+	} else if (simple (old, new)) {
+		msg = _("too simple");
+	} else if (strstr (wrapped, newmono) != NULL) {
+		msg = _("rotated");
+	} else {
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK
+		/*
+		 * Invoke Alec Muffett's cracklib routines.
+		 */
+
+		dictpath = getdef_str ("CRACKLIB_DICTPATH");
+		if (NULL != dictpath) {
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW
+			msg = FascistCheckPw (new, dictpath, pwdp);
+#else
+			msg = FascistCheck (new, dictpath);
+#endif
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+	strzero (newmono);
+	strzero (oldmono);
+	strzero (wrapped);
+	free (newmono);
+	free (oldmono);
+	free (wrapped);
+
+	return msg;
+}
+
+static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *obscure_msg (
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *old,
+	/*@notnull@*/const char *new,
+	/*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
+{
+	size_t maxlen, oldlen, newlen;
+	char *new1, *old1;
+	const char *msg;
+	const char *result;
+
+	oldlen = strlen (old);
+	newlen = strlen (new);
+
+	if (newlen < (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MIN_LEN", 0)) {
+		return _("too short");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Remaining checks are optional.
+	 */
+	if (!getdef_bool ("OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB")) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	msg = password_check (old, new, pwdp);
+	if (NULL != msg) {
+		return msg;
+	}
+
+	result = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
+	if (NULL == result) {
+	/* The traditional crypt() truncates passwords to 8 chars.  It is
+	   possible to circumvent the above checks by choosing an easy
+	   8-char password and adding some random characters to it...
+	   Example: "password$%^&*123".  So check it again, this time
+	   truncated to the maximum length.  Idea from npasswd.  --marekm */
+
+		if (getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB")) {
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		if (   (strcmp (result, "MD5")    == 0)
+#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
+		    || (strcmp (result, "SHA256") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (result, "SHA512") == 0)
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
+		    || (strcmp (result, "BCRYPT") == 0)
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
+		    || (strcmp (result, "YESCRYPT") == 0)
+#endif
+		    ) {
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+	}
+	maxlen = (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MAX_LEN", 8);
+	if (   (oldlen <= maxlen)
+	    && (newlen <= maxlen)) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	new1 = xstrdup (new);
+	old1 = xstrdup (old);
+	if (newlen > maxlen) {
+		new1[maxlen] = '\0';
+	}
+	if (oldlen > maxlen) {
+		old1[maxlen] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	msg = password_check (old1, new1, pwdp);
+
+	memzero (new1, newlen);
+	memzero (old1, oldlen);
+	free (new1);
+	free (old1);
+
+	return msg;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obscure - see if password is obscure enough.
+ *
+ *	The programmer is encouraged to add as much complexity to this
+ *	routine as desired.  Included are some of my favorite ways to
+ *	check passwords.
+ */
+
+bool obscure (const char *old, const char *new, const struct passwd *pwdp)
+{
+	const char *msg = obscure_msg (old, new, pwdp);
+
+	if (NULL != msg) {
+		printf (_("Bad password: %s.  "), msg);
+		return false;
+	}
+	return true;
+}
+
+#else				/* !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/pam_pass.c b/libmisc/pam_pass.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..166a42e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/pam_pass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_PAM
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+
+/*
+ * Change the user's password using PAM.
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "pam_defs.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, bool silent, bool change_expired)
+{
+	pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
+	int flags = 0, ret;
+	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
+
+	if (silent)
+		flags |= PAM_SILENT;
+	if (change_expired)
+		flags |= PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK;
+
+	ret = pam_start ("passwd", user, &conv, &pamh);
+	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
+			 _("passwd: pam_start() failed, error %d\n"), ret);
+		exit (10);	/* XXX */
+	}
+
+	ret = pam_chauthtok (pamh, flags);
+	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
+		fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("passwd: %s\n"), pam_strerror (pamh, ret));
+		fputs (_("passwd: password unchanged\n"), shadow_logfd);
+		pam_end (pamh, ret);
+		exit (10);	/* XXX */
+	}
+
+	fputs (_("passwd: password updated successfully\n"), shadow_logfd);
+	(void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
+}
+#else				/* !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c b/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34cdc1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2009 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id:$"
+
+#ifdef USE_PAM
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <security/pam_appl.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/static const char *non_interactive_password = NULL;
+static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
+                    const struct pam_message **msg,
+                    struct pam_response **resp,
+                    unused void *appdata_ptr);
+static const struct pam_conv non_interactive_pam_conv = {
+	ni_conv,
+	NULL
+};
+
+
+
+static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
+                    const struct pam_message **msg,
+                    struct pam_response **resp,
+                    unused void *appdata_ptr)
+{
+	struct pam_response *responses;
+	int count;
+
+	assert (NULL != non_interactive_password);
+
+	if (num_msg <= 0) {
+		return PAM_CONV_ERR;
+	}
+
+	responses = (struct pam_response *) calloc ((size_t) num_msg,
+	                                            sizeof (*responses));
+	if (NULL == responses) {
+		return PAM_CONV_ERR;
+	}
+
+	for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
+		responses[count].resp_retcode = 0;
+
+		switch (msg[count]->msg_style) {
+		case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_ON:
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			         _("%s: PAM modules requesting echoing are not supported.\n"),
+			         log_get_progname());
+			goto failed_conversation;
+		case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_OFF:
+			responses[count].resp = strdup (non_interactive_password);
+			if (NULL == responses[count].resp) {
+				goto failed_conversation;
+			}
+			break;
+		case PAM_ERROR_MSG:
+			if (   (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
+			    || (fprintf (log_get_logfd(), "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
+				goto failed_conversation;
+			}
+			responses[count].resp = NULL;
+			break;
+		case PAM_TEXT_INFO:
+			if (   (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
+			    || (fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
+				goto failed_conversation;
+			}
+			responses[count].resp = NULL;
+			break;
+		default:
+			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			                _("%s: conversation type %d not supported.\n"),
+			                log_get_progname(), msg[count]->msg_style);
+			goto failed_conversation;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*resp = responses;
+
+	return PAM_SUCCESS;
+
+failed_conversation:
+	for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
+		if (NULL != responses[count].resp) {
+			memset (responses[count].resp, 0,
+			        strlen (responses[count].resp));
+			free (responses[count].resp);
+			responses[count].resp = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	free (responses);
+	*resp = NULL;
+
+	return PAM_CONV_ERR;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Change non interactively the user's password using PAM.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success, 1 on failure.
+ */
+int do_pam_passwd_non_interactive (const char *pam_service,
+                                    const char *username,
+                                    const char* password)
+{
+	pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
+	int ret;
+
+	ret = pam_start (pam_service, username, &non_interactive_pam_conv, &pamh);
+	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: (user %s) pam_start failure %d\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), username, ret);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	non_interactive_password = password;
+	ret = pam_chauthtok (pamh, 0);
+	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: (user %s) pam_chauthtok() failed, error:\n"
+		           "%s\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), username, pam_strerror (pamh, ret));
+	}
+
+	(void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
+
+	return ((PAM_SUCCESS == ret) ? 0 : 1);
+}
+#else				/* !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/prefix_flag.c b/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eb5154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Julian Pidancet
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+/*@-exitarg@*/
+#include "exitcodes.h"
+#include "groupio.h"
+#include "pwio.h"
+#ifdef	SHADOWGRP
+#include "sgroupio.h"
+#endif
+#include "shadowio.h"
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+static char *passwd_db_file = NULL;
+static char *spw_db_file = NULL;
+static char *group_db_file = NULL;
+static char *sgroup_db_file = NULL;
+static char *suid_db_file = NULL;
+static char *sgid_db_file = NULL;
+static char *def_conf_file = NULL;
+static FILE* fp_pwent = NULL;
+static FILE* fp_grent = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * process_prefix_flag - prefix all paths if given the --prefix option
+ *
+ * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
+ * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
+ * or authenticating the caller.
+ *
+ * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
+ */
+extern const char* process_prefix_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Parse the command line options.
+	 */
+	int i;
+	const char *prefix = NULL, *val;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+		val = NULL;
+		if (   (strcmp (argv[i], "--prefix") == 0)
+		    || ((strncmp (argv[i], "--prefix=", 9) == 0)
+			&& (val = argv[i] + 9))
+		    || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
+			if (NULL != prefix) {
+				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				         _("%s: multiple --prefix options\n"),
+				         log_get_progname());
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			}
+
+			if (val) {
+				prefix = val;
+			} else if (i + 1 == argc) {
+				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				         _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				         log_get_progname(), argv[i]);
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			} else {
+				prefix = argv[++ i];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+
+
+	if (prefix != NULL) {
+		if ( prefix[0] == '\0' || !strcmp(prefix, "/"))
+			return ""; /* if prefix is "/" then we ignore the flag option */
+		/* should we prevent symbolic link from being used as a prefix? */
+
+		if ( prefix[0] != '/') {
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				 _("%s: prefix must be an absolute path\n"),
+				 log_get_progname());
+			exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+		}
+		size_t len;
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(PASSWD_FILE) + 2;
+		passwd_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(passwd_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, PASSWD_FILE);
+		pw_setdbname(passwd_db_file);
+
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(GROUP_FILE) + 2;
+		group_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(group_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, GROUP_FILE);
+		gr_setdbname(group_db_file);
+
+#ifdef  SHADOWGRP
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SGROUP_FILE) + 2;
+		sgroup_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(sgroup_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SGROUP_FILE);
+		sgr_setdbname(sgroup_db_file);
+#endif
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+		__setspNIS(0); /* disable NIS for now, at least until it is properly supporting a "prefix" */
+#endif
+
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SHADOW_FILE) + 2;
+		spw_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(spw_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SHADOW_FILE);
+		spw_setdbname(spw_db_file);
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subuid") + 2;
+		suid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(suid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subuid");
+		sub_uid_setdbname(suid_db_file);
+
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subgid") + 2;
+		sgid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(sgid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subgid");
+		sub_gid_setdbname(sgid_db_file);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_ECONF
+		setdef_config_file(prefix);
+#else
+		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/login.defs") + 2;
+		def_conf_file = xmalloc(len);
+		snprintf(def_conf_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/login.defs");
+		setdef_config_file(def_conf_file);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (prefix == NULL)
+		return "";
+	return prefix;
+}
+
+
+extern struct group *prefix_getgrnam(const char *name)
+{
+	if (group_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct group * grp = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
+		if (!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while ((grp = fgetgrent(fg)) != NULL) {
+			if (!strcmp(name, grp->gr_name))
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return grp;
+	}
+
+	return getgrnam(name);
+}
+
+extern struct group *prefix_getgrgid(gid_t gid)
+{
+	if (group_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct group * grp = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
+		if (!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while ((grp = fgetgrent(fg)) != NULL) {
+			if (gid == grp->gr_gid)
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return grp;
+	}
+
+	return getgrgid(gid);
+}
+
+extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwuid(uid_t uid)
+{
+	if (passwd_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
+		if (!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while ((pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) != NULL) {
+			if (uid == pwd->pw_uid)
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return pwd;
+	}
+	else {
+		return getpwuid(uid);
+	}
+}
+extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwnam(const char* name)
+{
+	if (passwd_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
+		if (!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while ((pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) != NULL) {
+			if (!strcmp(name, pwd->pw_name))
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return pwd;
+	}
+	else {
+		return getpwnam(name);
+	}
+}
+extern struct spwd *prefix_getspnam(const char* name)
+{
+	if (spw_db_file) {
+		FILE* fg;
+		struct spwd *sp = NULL;
+
+		fg = fopen(spw_db_file, "rt");
+		if (!fg)
+			return NULL;
+		while ((sp = fgetspent(fg)) != NULL) {
+			if (!strcmp(name, sp->sp_namp))
+				break;
+		}
+		fclose(fg);
+		return sp;
+	}
+	else {
+		return getspnam(name);
+	}
+}
+
+extern void prefix_setpwent(void)
+{
+	if (!passwd_db_file) {
+		setpwent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_pwent)
+		fclose (fp_pwent);
+
+	fp_pwent = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
+	if (!fp_pwent)
+		return;
+}
+extern struct passwd* prefix_getpwent(void)
+{
+	if (!passwd_db_file) {
+		return getpwent();
+	}
+	if (!fp_pwent) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	return fgetpwent(fp_pwent);
+}
+extern void prefix_endpwent(void)
+{
+	if (!passwd_db_file) {
+		endpwent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_pwent)
+		fclose(fp_pwent);
+	fp_pwent = NULL;
+}
+
+extern void prefix_setgrent(void)
+{
+	if (!group_db_file) {
+		setgrent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_grent)
+		fclose (fp_grent);
+
+	fp_grent = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
+	if (!fp_grent)
+		return;
+}
+extern struct group* prefix_getgrent(void)
+{
+	if (!group_db_file) {
+		return getgrent();
+	}
+	return fgetgrent(fp_grent);
+}
+extern void prefix_endgrent(void)
+{
+	if (!group_db_file) {
+		endgrent();
+		return;
+	}
+	if (fp_grent)
+		fclose(fp_grent);
+	fp_grent = NULL;
+}
+
+extern struct group *prefix_getgr_nam_gid(const char *grname)
+{
+	long long int gid;
+	char *endptr;
+	struct group *g;
+
+	if (NULL == grname) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (group_db_file) {
+		errno = 0;
+		gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
+		if (   ('\0' != *grname)
+	    	&& ('\0' == *endptr)
+	    	&& (ERANGE != errno)
+	    	&& (gid == (gid_t)gid)) {
+			return prefix_getgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
+		}
+		g = prefix_getgrnam (grname);
+		return g ? __gr_dup(g) : NULL;
+	}
+	else
+		return getgr_nam_gid(grname);
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c b/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..139a024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+/*
+ * pwd_to_spwd - create entries for new spwd structure
+ *
+ *	pwd_to_spwd() creates a new (struct spwd) containing the
+ *	information in the pointed-to (struct passwd).
+ */
+
+struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *pw)
+{
+	static struct spwd sp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Nice, easy parts first.  The name and passwd map directly
+	 * from the old password structure to the new one.
+	 */
+	sp.sp_namp = pw->pw_name;
+	sp.sp_pwdp = pw->pw_passwd;
+
+	{
+		/*
+		 * Defaults used if there is no pw_age information.
+		 */
+		sp.sp_min = 0;
+		sp.sp_max = (10000L * DAY) / SCALE;
+		sp.sp_lstchg = (long) gettime () / SCALE;
+		if (0 == sp.sp_lstchg) {
+			/* Better disable aging than requiring a password
+			 * change */
+			sp.sp_lstchg = -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * These fields have no corresponding information in the password
+	 * file.  They are set to uninitialized values.
+	 */
+	sp.sp_warn = -1;
+	sp.sp_expire = -1;
+	sp.sp_inact = -1;
+	sp.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
+
+	return &sp;
+}
+#else				/* USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;	/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/pwd_init.c b/libmisc/pwd_init.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c71e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/pwd_init.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997       , Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * pwd_init - ignore signals, and set resource limits to safe
+ * values.  Call this before modifying password files, so that
+ * it is less likely to fail in the middle of operation.
+ */
+void pwd_init (void)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+	struct rlimit rlim;
+
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
+	rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max = 0;
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_CORE, &rlim);
+#endif
+	rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max = RLIM_INFINITY;
+#ifdef RLIMIT_AS
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_AS, &rlim);
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_CPU, &rlim);
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_DATA, &rlim);
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlim);
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim);
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_RSS, &rlim);
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
+	setrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim);
+#endif
+#else				/* !HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
+	set_filesize_limit (30000);
+	/* don't know how to set the other limits... */
+#endif				/* !HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
+
+	signal (SIGALRM, SIG_IGN);
+	signal (SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
+	signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+	signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+	signal (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+	signal (SIGTERM, SIG_IGN);
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+	signal (SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN);
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTOU
+	signal (SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN);
+#endif
+
+	umask (077);
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/pwdcheck.c b/libmisc/pwdcheck.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15fc3a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/pwdcheck.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <shadow.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "pwauth.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+void passwd_check (const char *user, const char *passwd, unused const char *progname)
+{
+	struct spwd *sp;
+
+	sp = getspnam (user); /* !USE_PAM, no need for xgetspnam */
+	if (NULL != sp) {
+		passwd = sp->sp_pwdp;
+	}
+	if (pw_auth (passwd, user, PW_LOGIN, (char *) 0) != 0) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "incorrect password for `%s'", user));
+		(void) sleep (1);
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("Incorrect password for %s.\n"), user);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+}
+#else			/* USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;	/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif			/* USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/remove_tree.c b/libmisc/remove_tree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d76b95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/remove_tree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+
+static int remove_tree_at (int at_fd, const char *path, bool remove_root)
+{
+	DIR *dir;
+	const struct dirent *ent;
+	int dir_fd, rc = 0;
+
+	dir_fd = openat (at_fd, path, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+	if (dir_fd < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	dir = fdopendir (dir_fd);
+	if (!dir) {
+		(void) close (dir_fd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the source directory and delete each entry.
+	 */
+	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
+		struct stat ent_sb;
+
+		/*
+		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
+		 */
+		if (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0 ||
+		    strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		rc = fstatat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, &ent_sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+		if (rc < 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (S_ISDIR (ent_sb.st_mode)) {
+			/*
+			 * Recursively delete this directory.
+			 */
+			if (remove_tree_at (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, true) != 0) {
+				rc = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Delete the file.
+			 */
+			if (unlinkat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, 0) != 0) {
+				rc = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	(void) closedir (dir);
+
+	if (remove_root && (0 == rc)) {
+		if (unlinkat (at_fd, path, AT_REMOVEDIR) != 0) {
+			rc = -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+ * remove_tree - delete a directory tree
+ *
+ *	remove_tree() walks a directory tree and deletes all the files
+ *	and directories.
+ *	At the end, it deletes the root directory itself.
+ */
+int remove_tree (const char *root, bool remove_root)
+{
+	return remove_tree_at (AT_FDCWD, root, remove_root);
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/rlogin.c b/libmisc/rlogin.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa67dc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/rlogin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef RLOGIN
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+static struct {
+	int spd_name;
+	int spd_baud;
+} speed_table[] =
+{
+#ifdef B50
+	{
+	B50, 50},
+#endif
+#ifdef B75
+	{
+	B75, 75},
+#endif
+#ifdef B110
+	{
+	B110, 110},
+#endif
+#ifdef B134
+	{
+	B134, 134},
+#endif
+#ifdef B150
+	{
+	B150, 150},
+#endif
+#ifdef B200
+	{
+	B200, 200},
+#endif
+#ifdef B300
+	{
+	B300, 300},
+#endif
+#ifdef B600
+	{
+	B600, 600},
+#endif
+#ifdef B1200
+	{
+	B1200, 1200},
+#endif
+#ifdef B1800
+	{
+	B1800, 1800},
+#endif
+#ifdef B2400
+	{
+	B2400, 2400},
+#endif
+#ifdef B4800
+	{
+	B4800, 4800},
+#endif
+#ifdef B9600
+	{
+	B9600, 9600},
+#endif
+#ifdef B19200
+	{
+	B19200, 19200},
+#endif
+#ifdef B38400
+	{
+	B38400, 38400},
+#endif
+	{
+	-1, -1}
+};
+
+static void get_remote_string (char *buf, size_t size)
+{
+	for (;;) {
+		if (read (0, buf, 1) != 1) {
+			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if ('\0' == *buf) {
+			return;
+		}
+		--size;
+		if (size > 0) {
+			++buf;
+		}
+	}
+ /*NOTREACHED*/}
+
+int
+do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, size_t namelen, char *term,
+           size_t termlen)
+{
+	struct passwd *pwd;
+	char remote_name[32];
+	char *cp;
+	unsigned long remote_speed = 9600;
+	int speed_name = B9600;
+	int i;
+	TERMIO termio;
+
+	get_remote_string (remote_name, sizeof remote_name);
+	get_remote_string (name, namelen);
+	get_remote_string (term, termlen);
+
+	cp = strchr (term, '/');
+	if (NULL != cp) {
+		*cp = '\0';
+		cp++;
+
+		if (getulong (cp, &remote_speed) == 0) {
+			remote_speed = 9600;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0;
+	     (   (speed_table[i].spd_baud != remote_speed)
+	      && (speed_table[i].spd_name != -1));
+	     i++);
+
+	if (-1 != speed_table[i].spd_name) {
+		speed_name = speed_table[i].spd_name;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Put the terminal in cooked mode with echo turned on.
+	 */
+
+	GTTY (0, &termio);
+	termio.c_iflag |= ICRNL | IXON;
+	termio.c_oflag |= OPOST | ONLCR;
+	termio.c_lflag |= ICANON | ECHO | ECHOE;
+#ifdef CBAUD
+	termio.c_cflag = (termio.c_cflag & ~CBAUD) | speed_name;
+#else
+	termio.c_cflag = (termio.c_cflag) | speed_name;
+#endif
+	STTY (0, &termio);
+
+	pwd = getpwnam (name); /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
+	if (NULL == pwd) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * ruserok() returns 0 for success on modern systems, and 1 on
+	 * older ones.  If you are having trouble with people logging
+	 * in without giving a required password, THIS is the culprit -
+	 * go fix the #define in config.h.
+	 */
+
+#ifndef	RUSEROK
+	return 0;
+#else
+	return ruserok (remote_host, pwd->pw_uid == 0,
+			remote_name, name) == RUSEROK;
+#endif
+}
+#endif				/* RLOGIN */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/root_flag.c b/libmisc/root_flag.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62915b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/root_flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Julian Pidancet
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+/*@-exitarg@*/
+#include "exitcodes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+static void change_root (const char* newroot);
+
+/*
+ * process_root_flag - chroot if given the --root option
+ *
+ * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
+ * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
+ * or authenticating the caller.
+ *
+ * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
+ */
+extern void process_root_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Parse the command line options.
+	 */
+	int i;
+	const char *newroot = NULL, *val;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+		val = NULL;
+		if (   (strcmp (argv[i], "--root") == 0)
+		    || ((strncmp (argv[i], "--root=", 7) == 0)
+			&& (val = argv[i] + 7))
+		    || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
+			if (NULL != newroot) {
+				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				         _("%s: multiple --root options\n"),
+				         log_get_progname());
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			}
+
+			if (val) {
+				newroot = val;
+			} else if (i + 1 == argc) {
+				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+				         _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				         log_get_progname(), argv[i]);
+				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+			} else {
+				newroot = argv[++ i];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != newroot) {
+		change_root (newroot);
+	}
+}
+
+static void change_root (const char* newroot)
+{
+	/* Drop privileges */
+	if (   (setregid (getgid (), getgid ()) != 0)
+	    || (setreuid (getuid (), getuid ()) != 0)) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: failed to drop privileges (%s)\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	if ('/' != newroot[0]) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: invalid chroot path '%s', only absolute paths are supported.\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), newroot);
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+
+	if (access (newroot, F_OK) != 0) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
+		        _("%s: cannot access chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
+		        log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+
+	if (chdir (newroot) != 0) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
+				_("%s: cannot chdir to chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
+				log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+
+	if (chroot (newroot) != 0) {
+		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
+		        _("%s: unable to chroot to directory %s: %s\n"),
+		        log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
+		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/salt.c b/libmisc/salt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5f633a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/salt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText:  Marek Michalkiewicz <marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.pl>
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText:  J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense
+ */
+
+/*
+ * salt.c - generate a random salt string for crypt()
+ *
+ * Written by Marek Michalkiewicz <marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.pl>,
+ * it is in the public domain.
+ *
+ * l64a was Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>. Public domain.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H
+#include <sys/random.h>
+#endif
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+#if (defined CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_AUTO_ENTROPY && \
+     CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_AUTO_ENTROPY)
+#define USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT 1
+#else
+#define USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT 0
+#endif
+
+/* Add the salt prefix. */
+#define MAGNUM(array,ch)	(array)[0]=(array)[2]='$',(array)[1]=(ch),(array)[3]='\0'
+
+#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
+/* Use $2b$ as prefix for compatibility with OpenBSD's bcrypt. */
+#define BCRYPTMAGNUM(array)	(array)[0]=(array)[3]='$',(array)[1]='2',(array)[2]='b',(array)[4]='\0'
+#define BCRYPT_SALT_SIZE 22
+/* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified.  */
+#define B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT 13
+/* Minimum number of rounds.  */
+#define B_ROUNDS_MIN 4
+/* Maximum number of rounds.  */
+#define B_ROUNDS_MAX 31
+#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
+
+#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
+/* Fixed salt len for sha{256,512}crypt. */
+#define SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE 16
+/* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified.  */
+#define SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT 5000
+/* Minimum number of rounds.  */
+#define SHA_ROUNDS_MIN 1000
+/* Maximum number of rounds.  */
+#define SHA_ROUNDS_MAX 999999999
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
+/*
+ * Default number of base64 characters used for the salt.
+ * 24 characters gives a 144 bits (18 bytes) salt. Unlike the more
+ * traditional 128 bits (16 bytes) salt, this 144 bits salt is always
+ * represented by the same number of base64 characters without padding
+ * issue, even with a non-standard base64 encoding scheme.
+ */
+#define YESCRYPT_SALT_SIZE 24
+/* Default cost if not explicitly specified.  */
+#define Y_COST_DEFAULT 5
+/* Minimum cost.  */
+#define Y_COST_MIN 1
+/* Maximum cost.  */
+#define Y_COST_MAX 11
+#endif
+
+/* Fixed salt len for md5crypt. */
+#define MD5_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE 8
+
+/* Generate salt of size salt_size. */
+#define MAX_SALT_SIZE 44
+#define MIN_SALT_SIZE 8
+
+/* Maximum size of the generated salt string. */
+#define GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE 100
+
+/* local function prototypes */
+static long read_random_bytes (void);
+#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
+static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size);
+#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
+#if defined(USE_SHA_CRYPT) || defined(USE_BCRYPT)
+static long shadow_random (long min, long max);
+#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT || USE_BCRYPT */
+#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
+static /*@observer@*/unsigned long SHA_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds);
+static /*@observer@*/void SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds);
+#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
+#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
+static /*@observer@*/unsigned long BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds);
+static /*@observer@*/void BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds);
+#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
+#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
+static /*@observer@*/unsigned long YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_cost);
+static /*@observer@*/void YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long cost);
+#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
+
+#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT && !defined(HAVE_L64A)
+static /*@observer@*/char *l64a (long value)
+{
+	static char buf[8];
+	char *s = buf;
+	int digit;
+	int i;
+
+	if (value < 0) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; value != 0 && i < 6; i++) {
+		digit = value & 0x3f;
+
+		if (digit < 2) {
+			*s = digit + '.';
+		} else if (digit < 12) {
+			*s = digit + '0' - 2;
+		} else if (digit < 38) {
+			*s = digit + 'A' - 12;
+		} else {
+			*s = digit + 'a' - 38;
+		}
+
+		value >>= 6;
+		s++;
+	}
+
+	*s = '\0';
+
+	return buf;
+}
+#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT && !defined(HAVE_L64A) */
+
+/* Read sizeof (long) random bytes from /dev/urandom. */
+static long read_random_bytes (void)
+{
+	long randval = 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF
+	/* arc4random_buf, if it exists, can never fail.  */
+	arc4random_buf (&randval, sizeof (randval));
+	goto end;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETENTROPY
+	/* getentropy may exist but lack kernel support.  */
+	if (getentropy (&randval, sizeof (randval)) == 0) {
+		goto end;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRANDOM
+	/* Likewise getrandom.  */
+	if ((size_t) getrandom (&randval, sizeof (randval), 0) == sizeof (randval)) {
+		goto end;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Use /dev/urandom as a last resort.  */
+	FILE *f = fopen ("/dev/urandom", "r");
+	if (NULL == f) {
+		goto fail;
+	}
+
+	if (fread (&randval, sizeof (randval), 1, f) != 1) {
+		fclose(f);
+		goto fail;
+	}
+
+	fclose(f);
+	goto end;
+
+fail:
+	fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		 _("Unable to obtain random bytes.\n"));
+	exit (1);
+
+end:
+	return randval;
+}
+
+#if defined(USE_SHA_CRYPT) || defined(USE_BCRYPT)
+/*
+ * Return a random number between min and max (both included).
+ *
+ * It favors slightly the higher numbers.
+ */
+static long shadow_random (long min, long max)
+{
+	double drand;
+	long ret;
+
+	drand = (double) (read_random_bytes () & RAND_MAX) / (double) RAND_MAX;
+	drand *= (double) (max - min + 1);
+	/* On systems were this is not random() range is lower, we favor
+	 * higher numbers of salt. */
+	ret = (long) (max + 1 - drand);
+	/* And we catch limits, and use the highest number */
+	if ((ret < min) || (ret > max)) {
+		ret = max;
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT || USE_BCRYPT */
+
+#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
+/* Return the the rounds number for the SHA crypt methods. */
+static /*@observer@*/unsigned long SHA_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds)
+{
+	unsigned long rounds;
+
+	if (NULL == prefered_rounds) {
+		long min_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", -1);
+		long max_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
+
+		if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
+			rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
+		}
+		else {
+			if (-1 == min_rounds) {
+				min_rounds = max_rounds;
+			}
+
+			if (-1 == max_rounds) {
+				max_rounds = min_rounds;
+			}
+
+			if (min_rounds > max_rounds) {
+				max_rounds = min_rounds;
+			}
+
+			rounds = (unsigned long) shadow_random (min_rounds, max_rounds);
+		}
+	} else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
+		rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
+	} else {
+		rounds = (unsigned long) *prefered_rounds;
+	}
+
+	/* Sanity checks. The libc should also check this, but this
+	 * protects against a rounds_prefix overflow. */
+	if (rounds < SHA_ROUNDS_MIN) {
+		rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_MIN;
+	}
+
+	if (rounds > SHA_ROUNDS_MAX) {
+		rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_MAX;
+	}
+
+	return rounds;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fill a salt prefix specifying the rounds number for the SHA crypt methods
+ * to a buffer.
+ */
+static /*@observer@*/void SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds)
+{
+	const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
+
+	/* Nothing to do here if SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT is used. */
+	if (rounds == SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
+	 * We are going to write a maximum of 17 bytes,
+	 * plus one byte for the terminator.
+	 *    rounds=XXXXXXXXX$
+	 *    00000000011111111
+	 *    12345678901234567
+	 */
+	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 17);
+
+	(void) snprintf (buf + buf_begin, 18, "rounds=%lu$", rounds);
+}
+#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
+
+#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
+/* Return the the rounds number for the BCRYPT method. */
+static /*@observer@*/unsigned long BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds)
+{
+	unsigned long rounds;
+
+	if (NULL == prefered_rounds) {
+		long min_rounds = getdef_long ("BCRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", -1);
+		long max_rounds = getdef_long ("BCRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
+
+		if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
+			rounds = B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
+		} else {
+			if (-1 == min_rounds) {
+				min_rounds = max_rounds;
+			}
+
+			if (-1 == max_rounds) {
+				max_rounds = min_rounds;
+			}
+
+			if (min_rounds > max_rounds) {
+				max_rounds = min_rounds;
+			}
+
+			rounds = (unsigned long) shadow_random (min_rounds, max_rounds);
+		}
+	} else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
+		rounds = B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
+	} else {
+		rounds = (unsigned long) *prefered_rounds;
+	}
+
+	/* Sanity checks. */
+	if (rounds < B_ROUNDS_MIN) {
+		rounds = B_ROUNDS_MIN;
+	}
+
+#if USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
+	if (rounds > B_ROUNDS_MAX) {
+		rounds = B_ROUNDS_MAX;
+	}
+#else /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
+	/*
+	 * Use 19 as an upper bound for now,
+	 * because musl doesn't allow rounds >= 20.
+	 * If musl ever supports > 20 rounds,
+	 * rounds should be set to B_ROUNDS_MAX.
+	 */
+	if (rounds > 19) {
+		rounds = 19;
+	}
+#endif /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
+
+	return rounds;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fill a salt prefix specifying the rounds number for the BCRYPT method
+ * to a buffer.
+ */
+static /*@observer@*/void BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds)
+{
+	const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
+
+	/*
+	 * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
+	 * We are going to write three bytes,
+	 * plus one byte for the terminator.
+	 *    XX$
+	 *    000
+	 *    123
+	 */
+	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 3);
+
+	(void) snprintf (buf + buf_begin, 4, "%2.2lu$", rounds);
+}
+#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
+
+#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
+/* Return the the cost number for the YESCRYPT method. */
+static /*@observer@*/unsigned long YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_cost)
+{
+	unsigned long cost;
+
+	if (NULL == prefered_cost) {
+		cost = getdef_num ("YESCRYPT_COST_FACTOR", Y_COST_DEFAULT);
+	} else if (0 == *prefered_cost) {
+		cost = Y_COST_DEFAULT;
+	} else {
+		cost = (unsigned long) *prefered_cost;
+	}
+
+	/* Sanity checks. */
+	if (cost < Y_COST_MIN) {
+		cost = Y_COST_MIN;
+	}
+
+	if (cost > Y_COST_MAX) {
+		cost = Y_COST_MAX;
+	}
+
+	return cost;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fill a salt prefix specifying the cost for the YESCRYPT method
+ * to a buffer.
+ */
+static /*@observer@*/void YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long cost)
+{
+	const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
+
+	/*
+	 * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
+	 * We are going to write four bytes,
+	 * plus one byte for the terminator.
+	 *    jXX$
+	 *    0000
+	 *    1234
+	 */
+	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 4);
+
+	buf[buf_begin + 0] = 'j';
+	if (cost < 3) {
+		buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x36 + cost;
+	} else if (cost < 6) {
+		buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x34 + cost;
+	} else {
+		buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x3b + cost;
+	}
+	buf[buf_begin + 2] = cost >= 3 ? 'T' : '5';
+	buf[buf_begin + 3] = '$';
+	buf[buf_begin + 4] = '\0';
+}
+#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
+
+#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
+static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size)
+{
+	static char salt[MAX_SALT_SIZE + 6];
+
+	memset (salt, '\0', MAX_SALT_SIZE + 6);
+
+	assert (salt_size >= MIN_SALT_SIZE &&
+	        salt_size <= MAX_SALT_SIZE);
+	strcat (salt, l64a (read_random_bytes ()));
+	do {
+		strcat (salt, l64a (read_random_bytes ()));
+	} while (strlen (salt) < salt_size);
+
+	salt[salt_size] = '\0';
+
+	return salt;
+}
+#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
+
+/*
+ * Generate 8 base64 ASCII characters of random salt.  If MD5_CRYPT_ENAB
+ * in /etc/login.defs is "yes", the salt string will be prefixed by "$1$"
+ * (magic) and pw_encrypt() will execute the MD5-based FreeBSD-compatible
+ * version of crypt() instead of the standard one.
+ * Other methods can be set with ENCRYPT_METHOD
+ *
+ * The method can be forced with the meth parameter.
+ * If NULL, the method will be defined according to the ENCRYPT_METHOD
+ * variable, and if not set according to the MD5_CRYPT_ENAB variable,
+ * which can both be set inside the login.defs file.
+ *
+ * If meth is specified, an additional parameter can be provided.
+ *  * For the SHA256 and SHA512 method, this specifies the number of rounds
+ *    (if not NULL).
+ *  * For the YESCRYPT method, this specifies the cost factor (if not NULL).
+ */
+/*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*//*@observer@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg)
+{
+	static char result[GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE];
+	size_t salt_len = MAX_SALT_SIZE;
+	const char *method;
+	unsigned long rounds = 0;
+
+	memset (result, '\0', GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE);
+
+	if (NULL != meth)
+		method = meth;
+	else {
+		method = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
+		if (NULL == method) {
+			method = getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB") ? "MD5" : "DES";
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (0 == strcmp (method, "MD5")) {
+		MAGNUM(result, '1');
+		salt_len = MD5_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
+		rounds = 0;
+#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
+	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "BCRYPT")) {
+		BCRYPTMAGNUM(result);
+		salt_len = BCRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
+		rounds = BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
+		BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
+#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
+#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
+	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "YESCRYPT")) {
+		MAGNUM(result, 'y');
+		salt_len = YESCRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
+		rounds = YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost ((int *) arg);
+		YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (result, rounds);
+#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
+#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
+	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA256")) {
+		MAGNUM(result, '5');
+		salt_len = SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
+		rounds = SHA_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
+		SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
+	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA512")) {
+		MAGNUM(result, '6');
+		salt_len = SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
+		rounds = SHA_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
+		SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
+#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
+	} else if (0 != strcmp (method, "DES")) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			 _("Invalid ENCRYPT_METHOD value: '%s'.\n"
+			   "Defaulting to DES.\n"),
+			 method);
+		salt_len = MAX_SALT_SIZE;
+		rounds = 0;
+		memset (result, '\0', GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE);
+	}
+
+#if USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
+	/*
+	 * Prepare DES setting for crypt_gensalt(), if result
+	 * has not been filled with anything previously.
+	 */
+	if ('\0' == result[0]) {
+		/* Avoid -Wunused-but-set-variable. */
+		salt_len = GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE - 1;
+		rounds = 0;
+		memset (result, '.', salt_len);
+		result[salt_len] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	char *retval = crypt_gensalt (result, rounds, NULL, 0);
+
+	/* Should not happen, but... */
+	if (NULL == retval) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			 _("Unable to generate a salt from setting "
+			   "\"%s\", check your settings in "
+			   "ENCRYPT_METHOD and the corresponding "
+			   "configuration for your selected hash "
+			   "method.\n"), result);
+
+		exit (1);
+	}
+
+	return retval;
+#else /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
+	/* Check if the result buffer is long enough. */
+	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > strlen (result) + salt_len);
+
+	/* Concatenate a pseudo random salt. */
+	strncat (result, gensalt (salt_len),
+		 GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE - strlen (result) - 1);
+
+	return result;
+#endif /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/setugid.c b/libmisc/setugid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dbe38e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/setugid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Separated from setup.c.  --marekm
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+/*
+ * setup_groups - set the group credentials
+ *	set the group ID to the value from the password file entry
+ *	set the supplementary group IDs
+ *
+ * In case of PAM enabled configurations, this shall be called before
+ * pam_setcred.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
+ */
+int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Set the real group ID to the primary group ID in the password
+	 * file.
+	 */
+	if (setgid (info->pw_gid) == -1) {
+		int err = errno;
+		perror ("setgid");
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad group ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         info->pw_gid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
+		closelog ();
+		return -1;
+	}
+#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS
+	/*
+	 * For systems which support multiple concurrent groups, go get
+	 * the group set from the /etc/group file.
+	 */
+	if (initgroups (info->pw_name, info->pw_gid) == -1) {
+		int err = errno;
+		perror ("initgroups");
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "initgroups failed for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
+		closelog ();
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * change_uid - Set the real UID
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
+ */
+int change_uid (const struct passwd *info)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Set the real UID to the UID value in the password file.
+	 */
+	if (setuid (info->pw_uid) != 0) {
+		int err = errno;
+		perror ("setuid");
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad user ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         (int) info->pw_uid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
+		closelog ();
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *	setup_uid_gid() performs the following steps -
+ *
+ *	set the group ID to the value from the password file entry
+ *	set the supplementary group IDs
+ *	optionally call specified function which may add more groups
+ *	set the user ID to the value from the password file entry
+ *
+ *	Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
+ */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! (defined USE_PAM)
+int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info, bool is_console)
+#else
+int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info)
+#endif
+{
+	if (setup_groups (info) < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
+	if (is_console) {
+		const char *cp = getdef_str ("CONSOLE_GROUPS");
+
+		if ((NULL != cp) && (add_groups (cp) != 0)) {
+			perror ("Warning: add_groups");
+		}
+	}
+#endif				/* HAVE_INITGROUPS && !USE_PAM*/
+
+	if (change_uid (info) < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/setupenv.c b/libmisc/setupenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d7aefa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/setupenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Separated from setup.c.  --marekm
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include "getdef.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+static void
+addenv_path (const char *varname, const char *dirname, const char *filename)
+{
+	char *buf;
+	size_t len = strlen (dirname) + strlen (filename) + 2;
+	int wlen;
+
+	buf = xmalloc (len);
+	wlen = snprintf (buf, len, "%s/%s", dirname, filename);
+	assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
+
+	addenv (varname, buf);
+	free (buf);
+}
+
+static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	char buf[1024];
+	char *cp, *name, *val;
+
+	fp = fopen (filename, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
+		return;
+	}
+	while (fgets (buf, (int)(sizeof buf), fp) == buf) {
+		cp = strrchr (buf, '\n');
+		if (NULL == cp) {
+			break;
+		}
+		*cp = '\0';
+
+		cp = buf;
+		/* ignore whitespace and comments */
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && isspace (*cp)) {
+			cp++;
+		}
+		if (('\0' == *cp) || ('#' == *cp)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * ignore lines which don't follow the name=value format
+		 * (for example, the "export NAME" shell commands)
+		 */
+		name = cp;
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && !isspace (*cp) && ('=' != *cp)) {
+			cp++;
+		}
+		if ('=' != *cp) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		/* NUL-terminate the name */
+		*cp = '\0';
+		cp++;
+		val = cp;
+#if 0				/* XXX untested, and needs rewrite with fewer goto's :-) */
+/*
+ (state, char_type) -> (state, action)
+
+ state: unquoted, single_quoted, double_quoted, escaped, double_quoted_escaped
+ char_type: normal, white, backslash, single, double
+ action: remove_curr, remove_curr_skip_next, remove_prev, finish XXX
+*/
+	      no_quote:
+		if (*cp == '\\') {
+			/* remove the backslash */
+			remove_char (cp);
+			/* skip over the next character */
+			if (*cp)
+				cp++;
+			goto no_quote;
+		} else if (*cp == '\'') {
+			/* remove the quote */
+			remove_char (cp);
+			/* now within single quotes */
+			goto s_quote;
+		} else if (*cp == '"') {
+			/* remove the quote */
+			remove_char (cp);
+			/* now within double quotes */
+			goto d_quote;
+		} else if (*cp == '\0') {
+			/* end of string */
+			goto finished;
+		} else if (isspace (*cp)) {
+			/* unescaped whitespace - end of string */
+			*cp = '\0';
+			goto finished;
+		} else {
+			cp++;
+			goto no_quote;
+		}
+	      s_quote:
+		if (*cp == '\'') {
+			/* remove the quote */
+			remove_char (cp);
+			/* unquoted again */
+			goto no_quote;
+		} else if (*cp == '\0') {
+			/* end of string */
+			goto finished;
+		} else {
+			/* preserve everything within single quotes */
+			cp++;
+			goto s_quote;
+		}
+	      d_quote:
+		if (*cp == '\"') {
+			/* remove the quote */
+			remove_char (cp);
+			/* unquoted again */
+			goto no_quote;
+		} else if (*cp == '\\') {
+			cp++;
+			/* if backslash followed by double quote, remove backslash
+			   else skip over the backslash and following char */
+			if (*cp == '"')
+				remove_char (cp - 1);
+			else if (*cp)
+				cp++;
+			goto d_quote;
+		}
+		else if (*cp == '\0') {
+			/* end of string */
+			goto finished;
+		} else {
+			/* preserve everything within double quotes */
+			goto d_quote;
+		}
+	      finished:
+#endif				/* 0 */
+		/*
+		 * XXX - should handle quotes, backslash escapes, etc.
+		 * like the shell does.
+		 */
+		addenv (name, val);
+	}
+	(void) fclose (fp);
+}
+#endif				/* USE_PAM */
+
+
+/*
+ *	change to the user's home directory
+ *	set the HOME, SHELL, MAIL, PATH, and LOGNAME or USER environmental
+ *	variables.
+ */
+
+void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
+{
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+	const char *envf;
+#endif
+	const char *cp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Change the current working directory to be the home directory
+	 * of the user.  It is a fatal error for this process to be unable
+	 * to change to that directory.  There is no "default" home
+	 * directory.
+	 *
+	 * We no longer do it as root - should work better on NFS-mounted
+	 * home directories.  Some systems default to HOME=/, so we make
+	 * this a configurable option.  --marekm
+	 */
+
+	if (chdir (info->pw_dir) == -1) {
+		static char temp_pw_dir[] = "/";
+
+		if (!getdef_bool ("DEFAULT_HOME") || chdir ("/") == -1) {
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("Unable to cd to '%s'\n"),
+				 info->pw_dir);
+			SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+				 "unable to cd to `%s' for user `%s'\n",
+				 info->pw_dir, info->pw_name));
+			closelog ();
+			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		(void) puts (_("No directory, logging in with HOME=/"));
+		free (info->pw_dir);
+		info->pw_dir = xstrdup (temp_pw_dir);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Create the HOME environmental variable and export it.
+	 */
+
+	addenv ("HOME", info->pw_dir);
+
+	/*
+	 * Create the SHELL environmental variable and export it.
+	 */
+
+	if ((NULL == info->pw_shell) || ('\0' == *info->pw_shell)) {
+		static char temp_pw_shell[] = SHELL;
+
+		free (info->pw_shell);
+		info->pw_shell = xstrdup (temp_pw_shell);
+	}
+
+	addenv ("SHELL", info->pw_shell);
+
+	/*
+	 * Export the user name.  For BSD derived systems, it's "USER", for
+	 * all others it's "LOGNAME".  We set both of them.
+	 */
+
+	addenv ("USER", info->pw_name);
+	addenv ("LOGNAME", info->pw_name);
+
+	/*
+	 * Create the PATH environmental variable and export it.
+	 */
+
+	cp = getdef_str ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "ENV_SUPATH" : "ENV_PATH");
+
+	if (NULL == cp) {
+		/* not specified, use a minimal default */
+		addenv ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin" : "PATH=/bin:/usr/bin", NULL);
+	} else if (strchr (cp, '=')) {
+		/* specified as name=value (PATH=...) */
+		addenv (cp, NULL);
+	} else {
+		/* only value specified without "PATH=" */
+		addenv ("PATH", cp);
+	}
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+	/*
+	 * Create the MAIL environmental variable and export it.  login.defs
+	 * knows the prefix.
+	 */
+
+	if (getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
+		cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_DIR");
+		if (NULL != cp) {
+			addenv_path ("MAIL", cp, info->pw_name);
+		} else {
+			cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_FILE");
+			if (NULL != cp) {
+				addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, cp);
+			} else {
+#if defined(MAIL_SPOOL_FILE)
+				addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, MAIL_SPOOL_FILE);
+#elif defined(MAIL_SPOOL_DIR)
+				addenv_path ("MAIL", MAIL_SPOOL_DIR, info->pw_name);
+#endif
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Read environment from optional config file.  --marekm
+	 */
+	envf = getdef_str ("ENVIRON_FILE");
+	if (NULL != envf) {
+		read_env_file (envf);
+	}
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/shell.c b/libmisc/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c67500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2009       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+extern char **newenvp;
+extern size_t newenvc;
+
+/*
+ * shell - execute the named program
+ *
+ *	shell begins by trying to figure out what argv[0] is going to
+ *	be for the named process.  The user may pass in that argument,
+ *	or it will be the last pathname component of the file with a
+ *	'-' prepended.
+ *	Then, it executes the named file.
+ */
+
+int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
+{
+	char arg0[1024];
+	int err;
+
+	if (file == (char *) 0) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return errno;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The argv[0]'th entry is usually the path name, but
+	 * for various reasons the invoker may want to override
+	 * that.  So, we determine the 0'th entry only if they
+	 * don't want to tell us what it is themselves.
+	 */
+	if (arg == (char *) 0) {
+		(void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, "-%s", Basename (file));
+		arg0[sizeof arg0 - 1] = '\0';
+		arg = arg0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * First we try the direct approach.  The system should be
+	 * able to figure out what we are up to without too much
+	 * grief.
+	 */
+	(void) execle (file, arg, (char *) 0, envp);
+	err = errno;
+
+	if (access (file, R_OK|X_OK) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Assume this is a shell script (with no shebang).
+		 * Interpret it with /bin/sh
+		 */
+		(void) execle (SHELL, "sh", "-", file, (char *)0, envp);
+		err = errno;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Obviously something is really wrong - I can't figure out
+	 * how to execute this stupid shell, so I might as well give
+	 * up in disgust ...
+	 */
+	(void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, _("Cannot execute %s"), file);
+	errno = err;
+	perror (arg0);
+	return err;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/strtoday.c b/libmisc/strtoday.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d321873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/strtoday.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#if !defined(__GLIBC__)
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+#ifndef USE_GETDATE
+#define USE_GETDATE 1
+#endif
+
+#if USE_GETDATE
+#include "getdate.h"
+/*
+ * strtoday() now uses get_date() (borrowed from GNU shellutils)
+ * which can handle many date formats, for example:
+ *	1970-09-17	# ISO 8601.
+ *	70-9-17		# This century assumed by default.
+ *	70-09-17	# Leading zeros are ignored.
+ *	9/17/72		# Common U.S. writing.
+ *	24 September 1972
+ *	24 Sept 72	# September has a special abbreviation.
+ *	24 Sep 72	# Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
+ *	Sep 24, 1972
+ *	24-sep-72
+ *	24sep72
+ */
+long strtoday (const char *str)
+{
+	time_t t;
+	bool isnum = true;
+	const char *s = str;
+
+	/*
+	 * get_date() interprets an empty string as the current date,
+	 * which is not what we expect, unless you're a BOFH :-).
+	 * (useradd sets sp_expire = current date for new lusers)
+	 */
+	if ((NULL == str) || ('\0' == *str)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* If a numerical value is provided, this is already a number of
+	 * days since EPOCH.
+	 */
+	if ('-' == *s) {
+		s++;
+	}
+	while (' ' == *s) {
+		s++;
+	}
+	while (isnum && ('\0' != *s)) {
+		if (!isdigit (*s)) {
+			isnum = false;
+		}
+		s++;
+	}
+	if (isnum) {
+		long retdate;
+		if (getlong (str, &retdate) == 0) {
+			return -2;
+		}
+		return retdate;
+	}
+
+	t = get_date (str, NULL);
+	if ((time_t) - 1 == t) {
+		return -2;
+	}
+	/* convert seconds to days since 1970-01-01 */
+	return (long) (t + DAY / 2) / DAY;
+}
+
+#else				/* !USE_GETDATE */
+/*
+ * Old code, just in case get_date() doesn't work as expected...
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRPTIME
+/*
+ * for now we allow just one format, but we can define more later
+ * (we try them all until one succeeds).  --marekm
+ */
+static const char *const date_formats[] = {
+	"%Y-%m-%d",
+	(char *) 0
+};
+#else
+/*
+ * days and juldays are used to compute the number of days in the
+ * current month, and the cumulative number of days in the preceding
+ * months.  they are declared so that january is 1, not 0.
+ */
+static const short days[13] = { 0,
+	31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30,	/* JAN - JUN */
+	31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31
+};				/* JUL - DEC */
+
+static const short juldays[13] = { 0,
+	0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151,	/* JAN - JUN */
+	181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334
+};				/* JUL - DEC */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * strtoday - compute the number of days since 1970.
+ *
+ * the total number of days prior to the current date is
+ * computed.  january 1, 1970 is used as the origin with
+ * it having a day number of 0.
+ */
+
+long strtoday (const char *str)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_STRPTIME
+	struct tm tp;
+	const char *const *fmt;
+	char *cp;
+	time_t result;
+
+	memzero (&tp, sizeof tp);
+	for (fmt = date_formats; *fmt; fmt++) {
+		cp = strptime ((char *) str, *fmt, &tp);
+		if ((NULL == cp) || ('\0' != *cp)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		result = mktime (&tp);
+		if ((time_t) - 1 == result) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		return (long) (result / DAY);	/* success */
+	}
+	return -1;
+#else
+	char slop[2];
+	int month;
+	int day;
+	int year;
+	long total;
+
+	/*
+	 * start by separating the month, day and year.  the order
+	 * is compiled in ...
+	 */
+
+	if (sscanf (str, "%d/%d/%d%c", &year, &month, &day, slop) != 3) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * the month, day of the month, and year are checked for
+	 * correctness and the year adjusted so it falls between
+	 * 1970 and 2069.
+	 */
+
+	if ((month < 1) || (month > 12)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (day < 1) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (   ((2 != month) || ((year % 4) != 0))
+	    && (day > days[month])) {
+		return -1;
+	} else if ((month == 2) && ((year % 4) == 0) && (day > 29)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (year < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	} else if (year <= 69) {
+		year += 2000;
+	} else if (year <= 99) {
+		year += 1900;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * On systems with 32-bit signed time_t, time wraps around in 2038
+	 * - for now we just limit the year to 2037 (instead of 2069).
+	 * This limit can be removed once no one is using 32-bit systems
+	 * anymore :-).  --marekm
+	 */
+	if ((year < 1970) || (year > 2037)) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * the total number of days is the total number of days in all
+	 * the whole years, plus the number of leap days, plus the
+	 * number of days in the whole months preceding, plus the number
+	 * of days so far in the month.
+	 */
+
+	total = (long) ((year - 1970) * 365L) + (((year + 1) - 1970) / 4);
+	total += (long) juldays[month] + (month > 2 && (year % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0);
+	total += (long) day - 1;
+
+	return total;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRPTIME */
+}
+#endif				/* !USE_GETDATE */
diff --git a/libmisc/sub.c b/libmisc/sub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d30c4c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/sub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#define	BAD_SUBROOT2	"invalid root `%s' for user `%s'\n"
+#define	NO_SUBROOT2	"no subsystem root `%s' for user `%s'\n"
+/*
+ * subsystem - change to subsystem root
+ *
+ *	A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as
+ *	the first character of the login shell.  The given home
+ *	directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which
+ *	the user is actually logged into.
+ */
+void subsystem (const struct passwd *pw)
+{
+	/*
+	 * The new root directory must begin with a "/" character.
+	 */
+
+	if (pw->pw_dir[0] != '/') {
+		printf (_("Invalid root directory '%s'\n"), pw->pw_dir);
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, BAD_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
+		closelog ();
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The directory must be accessible and the current process
+	 * must be able to change into it.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (chdir (pw->pw_dir) != 0)
+	    || (chroot (pw->pw_dir) != 0)) {
+		(void) printf (_("Can't change root directory to '%s'\n"),
+		               pw->pw_dir);
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, NO_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
+		closelog ();
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/sulog.c b/libmisc/sulog.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e95613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/sulog.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+/*
+ * sulog - log a SU command execution result
+ */
+void sulog (const char *tty, bool success, const char *oldname, const char *name)
+{
+	const char *sulog_file;
+	time_t now;
+	struct tm *tm;
+	FILE *fp;
+	mode_t oldmask;
+	gid_t oldgid = 0;
+
+	if (success) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_INFO,
+			"Successful su for %s by %s",name,oldname));
+	} else {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_NOTICE,
+			"FAILED su for %s by %s",name,oldname));
+	}
+
+	sulog_file = getdef_str ("SULOG_FILE");
+	if (NULL == sulog_file) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	oldgid = getgid ();
+	oldmask = umask (077);
+	/* Switch to group root to avoid creating the sulog file with
+	 * the wrong group ownership. */
+	if ((oldgid != 0) && (setgid (0) != 0)) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_INFO,
+		         "su session not logged to %s", sulog_file));
+		/* Continue, but do not switch back to oldgid later */
+		oldgid = 0;
+	}
+	fp = fopen (sulog_file, "a+");
+	(void) umask (oldmask);
+	if ((oldgid != 0) && (setgid (oldgid) != 0)) {
+		perror ("setgid");
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+		         "can't switch back to group `%d' in sulog",
+		         oldgid));
+		/* Do not return if the group permission were raised. */
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+	if (fp == (FILE *) 0) {
+		return;		/* can't open or create logfile */
+	}
+
+	(void) time (&now);
+	tm = localtime (&now);
+
+	fprintf (fp, "SU %.02d/%.02d %.02d:%.02d %c %s %s-%s\n",
+		 tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min,
+		 success ? '+' : '-', tty, oldname, name);
+
+	(void) fflush (fp);
+	fsync (fileno (fp));
+	fclose (fp);
+	/* TODO: log if failure */
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/ttytype.c b/libmisc/ttytype.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f72d957
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/ttytype.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+/*
+ * ttytype - set ttytype from port to terminal type mapping database
+ */
+void ttytype (const char *line)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	const char *typefile;
+	char *cp;
+	char type[1024] = "";
+	char port[1024];
+
+	if (getenv ("TERM") != NULL) {
+		return;
+	}
+	typefile = getdef_str ("TTYTYPE_FILE");
+	if (NULL == typefile) {
+		return;
+	}
+	if (access (typefile, F_OK) != 0) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	fp = fopen (typefile, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
+		perror (typefile);
+		return;
+	}
+	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf) {
+		if (buf[0] == '#') {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
+		if (NULL != cp) {
+			*cp = '\0';
+		}
+
+		if (   (sscanf (buf, "%1023s %1023s", type, port) == 2)
+		    && (strcmp (line, port) == 0)) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if ((feof (fp) == 0) && (ferror (fp) == 0) && (type[0] != '\0')) {
+		addenv ("TERM", type);
+	}
+
+	(void) fclose (fp);
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/tz.c b/libmisc/tz.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16d92ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/tz.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Chip Rosenthal
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+/*
+ * tz - return local timezone name
+ *
+ * tz() determines the name of the local timezone by reading the
+ * contents of the file named by ``fname''.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/const char *tz (const char *fname)
+{
+	FILE *fp = NULL;
+	static char tzbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	const char *def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
+
+	fp = fopen (fname, "r");
+	if (   (NULL == fp)
+	    || (fgets (tzbuf, (int) sizeof (tzbuf), fp) == NULL)) {
+		def_tz = getdef_str ("ENV_TZ");
+		if ((NULL == def_tz) || ('/' == def_tz[0])) {
+			def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
+		}
+
+		strcpy (tzbuf, def_tz);
+	} else {
+		tzbuf[strlen (tzbuf) - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != fp) {
+		(void) fclose (fp);
+	}
+
+	return tzbuf;
+}
+#else				/* !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/ulimit.c b/libmisc/ulimit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e331d46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/ulimit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#if HAVE_ULIMIT_H
+#include <ulimit.h>
+#ifndef UL_SETFSIZE
+#ifdef UL_SFILLIM
+#define UL_SETFSIZE UL_SFILLIM
+#else
+#define UL_SETFSIZE 2
+#endif
+#endif
+#elif HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#include <sys/time.h>		/* for struct timeval on sunos4 */
+/* XXX - is the above ok or should it be <time.h> on ultrix? */
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+int set_filesize_limit (int blocks)
+{
+	int ret = -1;
+#if HAVE_ULIMIT_H
+	if (ulimit (UL_SETFSIZE, blocks) != -1) {
+		ret = 0;
+	}
+#elif defined(RLIMIT_FSIZE)
+	struct rlimit rlimit_fsize;
+
+	rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur = 512L * blocks;
+	rlimit_fsize.rlim_max = rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur;
+	ret = setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlimit_fsize);
+#endif
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/user_busy.c b/libmisc/user_busy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c03feb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/user_busy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id: $"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+#include "subordinateio.h"
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid);
+static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid);
+#else				/* !__linux__ */
+static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name);
+#endif				/* !__linux__ */
+
+/*
+ * user_busy - check if an user if currently running processes
+ */
+int user_busy (const char *name, uid_t uid)
+{
+	/* There are no standard ways to get the list of processes.
+	 * An option could be to run an external tool (ps).
+	 */
+#ifdef __linux__
+	/* On Linux, directly parse /proc */
+	return user_busy_processes (name, uid);
+#else				/* !__linux__ */
+	/* If we cannot rely on /proc, check is there is a record in utmp
+	 * indicating that the user is still logged in */
+	return user_busy_utmp (name);
+#endif				/* !__linux__ */
+}
+
+#ifndef __linux__
+static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name)
+{
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+	struct utmpx *utent;
+
+	setutxent ();
+	while ((utent = getutxent ()) != NULL)
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	struct utmp *utent;
+
+	setutent ();
+	while ((utent = getutent ()) != NULL)
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	{
+		if (utent->ut_type != USER_PROCESS) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp (utent->ut_user, name, sizeof utent->ut_user) != 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (kill (utent->ut_pid, 0) != 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		         _("%s: user %s is currently logged in\n"),
+		         log_get_progname(), name);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif				/* !__linux__ */
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+#define in_parentuid_range(uid) ((uid) >= parentuid && (uid) < parentuid + range)
+static int different_namespace (const char *sname)
+{
+	/* 41: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/ns/user + \0 */
+	char path[41];
+	char buf[512], buf2[512];
+	ssize_t llen1, llen2;
+
+	snprintf (path, 41, "/proc/%s/ns/user", sname);
+
+	if ((llen1 = readlink (path, buf, sizeof(buf))) == -1)
+		return 0;
+
+	if ((llen2 = readlink ("/proc/self/ns/user", buf2, sizeof(buf2))) == -1)
+		return 0;
+
+	if (llen1 == llen2 && memcmp (buf, buf2, llen1) == 0)
+		return 0; /* same namespace */
+
+	return 1;
+}
+#endif                          /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
+
+static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid)
+{
+	/* 40: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/status + \0 */
+	char status[40];
+	char line[1024];
+	FILE *sfile;
+
+	snprintf (status, 40, "/proc/%s/status", sname);
+
+	sfile = fopen (status, "r");
+	if (NULL == sfile) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	while (fgets (line, sizeof (line), sfile) == line) {
+		if (strncmp (line, "Uid:\t", 5) == 0) {
+			unsigned long ruid, euid, suid;
+
+			assert (uid == (unsigned long) uid);
+			(void) fclose (sfile);
+			if (sscanf (line,
+			            "Uid:\t%lu\t%lu\t%lu\n",
+			            &ruid, &euid, &suid) == 3) {
+				if (   (ruid == (unsigned long) uid)
+				    || (euid == (unsigned long) uid)
+				    || (suid == (unsigned long) uid) ) {
+					return 1;
+				}
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+				if (    different_namespace (sname)
+				     && (   have_sub_uids(name, ruid, 1)
+				         || have_sub_uids(name, euid, 1)
+				         || have_sub_uids(name, suid, 1))
+				   ) {
+					return 1;
+				}
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+			} else {
+				/* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort. */
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+	(void) fclose (sfile);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid)
+{
+	DIR *proc;
+	struct dirent *ent;
+	char *tmp_d_name;
+	pid_t pid;
+	DIR *task_dir;
+	/* 22: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task + \0 */
+	char task_path[22];
+	char root_path[22];
+	struct stat sbroot;
+	struct stat sbroot_process;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+	sub_uid_open (O_RDONLY);
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+
+	proc = opendir ("/proc");
+	if (proc == NULL) {
+		perror ("opendir /proc");
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+		sub_uid_close();
+#endif
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (stat ("/", &sbroot) != 0) {
+		perror ("stat (\"/\")");
+		(void) closedir (proc);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+		sub_uid_close();
+#endif
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while ((ent = readdir (proc)) != NULL) {
+		tmp_d_name = ent->d_name;
+		/*
+		 * Ingo Molnar's patch introducing NPTL for 2.4 hides
+		 * threads in the /proc directory by prepending a period.
+		 * This patch is applied by default in some RedHat
+		 * kernels.
+		 */
+		if (   (strcmp (tmp_d_name, ".") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (tmp_d_name, "..") == 0)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*tmp_d_name == '.') {
+			tmp_d_name++;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if this is a valid PID */
+		if (get_pid (tmp_d_name, &pid) == 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if the process is in our chroot */
+		snprintf (root_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/root", (unsigned long) pid);
+		root_path[21] = '\0';
+		if (stat (root_path, &sbroot_process) != 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (   (sbroot.st_dev != sbroot_process.st_dev)
+		    || (sbroot.st_ino != sbroot_process.st_ino)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (check_status (name, tmp_d_name, uid) != 0) {
+			(void) closedir (proc);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+			sub_uid_close();
+#endif
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+			         _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
+			         log_get_progname(), name, pid);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		snprintf (task_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/task", (unsigned long) pid);
+		task_path[21] = '\0';
+		task_dir = opendir (task_path);
+		if (task_dir != NULL) {
+			while ((ent = readdir (task_dir)) != NULL) {
+				pid_t tid;
+				if (get_pid (ent->d_name, &tid) == 0) {
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (tid == pid) {
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (check_status (name, task_path+6, uid) != 0) {
+					(void) closedir (proc);
+					(void) closedir (task_dir);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+					sub_uid_close();
+#endif
+					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+					         _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
+					         log_get_progname(), name, pid);
+					return 1;
+				}
+			}
+			(void) closedir (task_dir);
+		} else {
+			/* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort */
+		}
+	}
+
+	(void) closedir (proc);
+#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
+	sub_uid_close();
+#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif				/* __linux__ */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/utmp.c b/libmisc/utmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45b479f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/utmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+#include <utmpx.h>
+#else
+#include <utmp.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+
+/*
+ * is_my_tty -- determine if "tty" is the same TTY stdin is using
+ */
+static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)
+{
+	/* full_tty shall be at least sizeof utmp.ut_line + 5 */
+	char full_tty[200];
+	/* tmptty shall be bigger than full_tty */
+	static char tmptty[sizeof (full_tty)+1];
+
+	if ('/' != *tty) {
+		(void) snprintf (full_tty, sizeof full_tty, "/dev/%s", tty);
+		tty = &full_tty[0];
+	}
+
+	if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
+		const char *tname = ttyname (STDIN_FILENO);
+		if (NULL != tname) {
+			(void) strncpy (tmptty, tname, sizeof tmptty);
+			tmptty[sizeof (tmptty) - 1] = '\0';
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
+		(void) puts (_("Unable to determine your tty name."));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	} else if (strncmp (tty, tmptty, sizeof (tmptty)) != 0) {
+		return false;
+	} else {
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * get_current_utmp - return the most probable utmp entry for the current
+ *                    session
+ *
+ *	The utmp file is scanned for an entry with the same process ID.
+ *	The line entered by the *getty / telnetd, etc. should also match
+ *	the current terminal.
+ *
+ *	When an entry is returned by get_current_utmp, and if the utmp
+ *	structure has a ut_id field, this field should be used to update
+ *	the entry information.
+ *
+ *	Return NULL if no entries exist in utmp for the current process.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_UTMPX
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct utmp *get_current_utmp (void)
+{
+	struct utmp *ut;
+	struct utmp *ret = NULL;
+
+	setutent ();
+
+	/* First, try to find a valid utmp entry for this process.  */
+	while ((ut = getutent ()) != NULL) {
+		if (   (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
+		    && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+		    && (   (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
+		        || (USER_PROCESS  == ut->ut_type))
+#endif
+		    /* A process may have failed to close an entry
+		     * Check if this entry refers to the current tty */
+		    && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		ret = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
+		memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
+	}
+
+	endutent ();
+
+	return ret;
+}
+#else
+/*@null@*/ /*@only*/struct utmpx *get_current_utmp(void)
+{
+	struct utmpx *ut;
+	struct utmpx *ret = NULL;
+
+	setutxent ();
+
+	/* Find the utmpx entry for this PID. */
+	while ((ut = getutxent ()) != NULL) {
+		if (   (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
+		    && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
+		    && (   (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
+			|| (USER_PROCESS == ut->ut_type))
+		    && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		ret = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
+		memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
+	}
+
+	endutxent ();
+
+	return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+/*
+ * Some systems already have updwtmp() and possibly updwtmpx().  Others
+ * don't, so we re-implement these functions if necessary.
+ */
+#ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMP
+static void updwtmp (const char *filename, const struct utmp *ut)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	fd = open (filename, O_APPEND | O_WRONLY, 0);
+	if (fd >= 0) {
+		write (fd, (const char *) ut, sizeof (*ut));
+		close (fd);
+	}
+}
+#endif				/* ! HAVE_UPDWTMP */
+
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+#ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMPX
+static void updwtmpx (const char *filename, const struct utmpx *utx)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	fd = open (filename, O_APPEND | O_WRONLY, 0);
+	if (fd >= 0) {
+		write (fd, (const char *) utx, sizeof (*utx));
+		close (fd);
+	}
+}
+#endif				/* ! HAVE_UPDWTMPX */
+#endif				/* ! USE_UTMPX */
+#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */
+
+
+#ifndef USE_UTMPX
+/*
+ * prepare_utmp - prepare an utmp entry so that it can be logged in a
+ *                utmp/wtmp file.
+ *
+ *	It accepts an utmp entry in input (ut) to return an entry with
+ *	the right ut_id. This is typically an entry returned by
+ *	get_current_utmp
+ *	If ut is NULL, ut_id will be forged based on the line argument.
+ *
+ *	The ut_host field of the input structure may also be kept, and is
+ *	used to define the ut_addr/ut_addr_v6 fields. (if these fields
+ *	exist)
+ *
+ *	Other fields are discarded and filed with new values (if they
+ *	exist).
+ *
+ *	The returned structure shall be freed by the caller.
+ */
+/*@only@*/struct utmp *prepare_utmp (const char *name,
+                                     const char *line,
+                                     const char *host,
+                                     /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut)
+{
+	struct timeval tv;
+	char *hostname = NULL;
+	struct utmp *utent;
+
+	assert (NULL != name);
+	assert (NULL != line);
+
+
+
+	if (   (NULL != host)
+	    && ('\0' != host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
+		strcpy (hostname, host);
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
+	} else if (   (NULL != ut)
+	           && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
+		strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
+		hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
+	}
+
+	if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
+		line += 5;
+	}
+
+
+	utent = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utent));
+	memzero (utent, sizeof (*utent));
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+	utent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
+	utent->ut_pid = getpid ();
+	strncpy (utent->ut_line, line,      sizeof (utent->ut_line) - 1);
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		strncpy (utent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utent->ut_id));
+	} else {
+		/* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
+		strncpy (utent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utent->ut_id) - 1);
+	}
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME
+	strncpy (utent->ut_name, name,      sizeof (utent->ut_name));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER
+	strncpy (utent->ut_user, name,      sizeof (utent->ut_user) - 1);
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER */
+	if (NULL != hostname) {
+		struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
+		strncpy (utent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utent->ut_host) - 1);
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
+		utent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
+		                        sizeof (utent->ut_host));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN */
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6)
+		if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
+			/* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
+			 * Just try to log what may be useful.
+			 */
+			if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
+				struct sockaddr_in *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR
+				memcpy (&(utent->ut_addr),
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6
+				memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+			} else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
+				struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
+				memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin6_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+			}
+			freeaddrinfo (info);
+		}
+#endif		/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+		free (hostname);
+	}
+	/* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
+	utent->ut_session = getsid (0);
+	if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME
+		utent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME
+		utent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV
+		utent->ut_tv.tv_sec  = tv.tv_sec;
+		utent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV */
+	}
+
+	return utent;
+}
+
+/*
+ * setutmp - Update an entry in utmp and log an entry in wtmp
+ *
+ *	Return 1 on failure and 0 on success.
+ */
+int setutmp (struct utmp *ut)
+{
+	int err = 0;
+
+	assert (NULL != ut);
+
+	setutent ();
+	if (pututline (ut) == NULL) {
+		err = 1;
+	}
+	endutent ();
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+	/* This is done by pam_lastlog */
+	updwtmp (_WTMP_FILE, ut);
+#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+#else
+/*
+ * prepare_utmpx - the UTMPX version for prepare_utmp
+ */
+/*@only@*/struct utmpx *prepare_utmpx (const char *name,
+                                       const char *line,
+                                       const char *host,
+                                       /*@null@*/const struct utmpx *ut)
+{
+	struct timeval tv;
+	char *hostname = NULL;
+	struct utmpx *utxent;
+
+	assert (NULL != name);
+	assert (NULL != line);
+
+
+
+	if (   (NULL != host)
+	    && ('\0' != host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
+		strcpy (hostname, host);
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
+	} else if (   (NULL != ut)
+	           && (NULL != ut->ut_host)
+	           && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
+		strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
+		hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
+	}
+
+	if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
+		line += 5;
+	}
+
+	utxent = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utxent));
+	memzero (utxent, sizeof (*utxent));
+
+
+
+	utxent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
+	utxent->ut_pid = getpid ();
+	strncpy (utxent->ut_line, line,      sizeof (utxent->ut_line));
+	/* existence of ut->ut_id is enforced by configure */
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		strncpy (utxent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
+	} else {
+		/* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
+		strncpy (utxent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
+	}
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME
+	strncpy (utxent->ut_name, name,      sizeof (utxent->ut_name));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME */
+	strncpy (utxent->ut_user, name,      sizeof (utxent->ut_user));
+	if (NULL != hostname) {
+		struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST
+		strncpy (utxent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN
+		utxent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
+		                         sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN */
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6)
+		if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
+			/* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
+			 * Just try to log what may be useful.
+			 */
+			if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
+				struct sockaddr_in *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR
+				memcpy (&utxent->ut_addr,
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6
+				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+			} else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
+				struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
+				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin6_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+			}
+			freeaddrinfo (info);
+		}
+#endif		/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+		free (hostname);
+	}
+	/* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
+	utxent->ut_session = getsid (0);
+	if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME
+		utxent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME
+		utxent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME */
+		utxent->ut_tv.tv_sec  = tv.tv_sec;
+		utxent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
+	}
+
+	return utxent;
+}
+
+/*
+ * setutmpx - the UTMPX version for setutmp
+ */
+int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx)
+{
+	int err = 0;
+
+	assert (NULL != utx);
+
+	setutxent ();
+	if (pututxline (utx) == NULL) {
+		err = 1;
+	}
+	endutxent ();
+
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+	/* This is done by pam_lastlog */
+	updwtmpx (_WTMP_FILE "x", utx);
+#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */
+
+	return err;
+}
+#endif				/* USE_UTMPX */
+
diff --git a/libmisc/valid.c b/libmisc/valid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..326635f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/valid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+/*
+ * valid - compare encrypted passwords
+ *
+ *	Valid() compares the DES encrypted password from the password file
+ *	against the password which the user has entered after it has been
+ *	encrypted using the same salt as the original.  Entries which do
+ *	not have a password file entry have a NULL pw_name field and this
+ *	is used to indicate that a dummy salt must be used to encrypt the
+ *	password anyway.
+ */
+bool valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
+{
+	const char *encrypted;
+	/*@observer@*/const char *salt;
+
+	/*
+	 * Start with blank or empty password entries.  Always encrypt
+	 * a password if no such user exists.  Only if the ID exists and
+	 * the password is really empty do you return quickly.  This
+	 * routine is meant to waste CPU time.
+	 */
+
+	if ((NULL != ent->pw_name) && ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
+		if ('\0' == password[0]) {
+			return true;	/* user entered nothing */
+		} else {
+			return false;	/* user entered something! */
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If there is no entry then we need a salt to use.
+	 */
+
+	if ((NULL == ent->pw_name) || ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
+		salt = "xx";
+	} else {
+		salt = ent->pw_passwd;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now, perform the encryption using the salt from before on
+	 * the users input.  Since we always encrypt the string, it
+	 * should be very difficult to determine if the user exists by
+	 * looking at execution time.
+	 */
+
+	encrypted = pw_encrypt (password, salt);
+
+	/*
+	 * One last time we must deal with there being no password file
+	 * entry for the user.  We use the pw_name == NULL idiom to
+	 * cause non-existent users to not be validated.
+	 */
+
+	if (   (NULL != ent->pw_name)
+	    && (NULL != encrypted)
+	    && (strcmp (encrypted, ent->pw_passwd) == 0)) {
+		return true;
+	} else {
+		return false;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c b/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a3f969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
+ *
+ *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
+ *
+ *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
+ *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
+ *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
+ *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
+ *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
+ *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
+ *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
+ *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
+ *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
+ *  Linux-PAM library.
+ *
+ *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
+ *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
+ *
+ * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
+ */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+#define XFUNCTION_NAME XPREFIX (FUNCTION_NAME)
+#define XPREFIX(name) XPREFIX1 (name)
+#define XPREFIX1(name) x##name
+#define REENTRANT_NAME APPEND_R (FUNCTION_NAME)
+#define APPEND_R(name) APPEND_R1 (name)
+#define APPEND_R1(name) name##_r
+#define STRINGIZE(name) STRINGIZE1 (name)
+#define STRINGIZE1(name) #name
+
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
+{
+#if HAVE_FUNCTION_R
+	LOOKUP_TYPE *result=NULL;
+	char *buffer=NULL;
+	/* we have to start with something */
+	size_t length = 0x100;
+
+	result = malloc(sizeof(LOOKUP_TYPE));
+	if (NULL == result) {
+		fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
+		         "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
+		exit (13);
+	}
+
+	while (true) {
+		int status;
+		LOOKUP_TYPE *resbuf = NULL;
+		buffer = (char *)realloc (buffer, length);
+		if (NULL == buffer) {
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
+			         "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
+			exit (13);
+		}
+		status = REENTRANT_NAME(ARG_NAME, result, buffer,
+		                        length, &resbuf);
+		if ((0 == status) && (resbuf == result)) {
+			/* Build a result structure that can be freed by
+			 * the shadow *_free functions. */
+			LOOKUP_TYPE *ret_result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
+			free(buffer);
+			free(result);
+			return ret_result;
+		}
+
+		if (ERANGE != status) {
+			free (buffer);
+			free (result);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+		if (length <= ((size_t)-1 / 4)) {
+			length *= 4;
+		} else if (length == (size_t) -1) {
+			break;
+		} else {
+			length = (size_t) -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	free(buffer);
+	free(result);
+	return NULL;
+
+#else /* !HAVE_FUNCTION_R */
+
+	/* No reentrant function.
+	 * Duplicate the structure to avoid other call to overwrite it.
+	 *
+	 * We should also restore the initial structure. But that would be
+	 * overkill.
+	 */
+	LOOKUP_TYPE *result = FUNCTION_NAME(ARG_NAME);
+
+	if (result) {
+		result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
+		if (NULL == result) {
+			fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
+			         "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
+			exit (13);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return result;
+#endif
+}
+
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c b/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe99929
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
+ *
+ *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
+ *
+ *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
+ *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
+ *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
+ *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
+ *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
+ *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
+ *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
+ *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
+ *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
+ *  Linux-PAM library.
+ *
+ *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
+ *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
+ *
+ * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "groupio.h"
+
+#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct group
+#define FUNCTION_NAME	getgrgid
+#define ARG_TYPE	gid_t
+#define ARG_NAME	gid
+#define DUP_FUNCTION	__gr_dup
+#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETGRGID_R)
+
+#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
+
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c b/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66d6f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
+ *
+ *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
+ *
+ *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
+ *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
+ *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
+ *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
+ *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
+ *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
+ *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
+ *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
+ *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
+ *  Linux-PAM library.
+ *
+ *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
+ *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
+ *
+ * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "groupio.h"
+
+#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct group
+#define FUNCTION_NAME	getgrnam
+#define ARG_TYPE	const char *
+#define ARG_NAME	name
+#define DUP_FUNCTION	__gr_dup
+#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETGRNAM_R)
+
+#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
+
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c b/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74eb972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
+ *
+ *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
+ *
+ *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
+ *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
+ *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
+ *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
+ *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
+ *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
+ *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
+ *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
+ *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
+ *  Linux-PAM library.
+ *
+ *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
+ *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
+ *
+ * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "pwio.h"
+
+#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct passwd
+#define FUNCTION_NAME	getpwnam
+#define ARG_TYPE	const char *
+#define ARG_NAME	name
+#define DUP_FUNCTION	__pw_dup
+#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETPWNAM_R)
+
+#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
+
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c b/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23b2d0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
+ *
+ *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
+ *
+ *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
+ *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
+ *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
+ *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
+ *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
+ *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
+ *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
+ *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
+ *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
+ *  Linux-PAM library.
+ *
+ *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
+ *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
+ *
+ * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "pwio.h"
+
+#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct passwd
+#define FUNCTION_NAME	getpwuid
+#define ARG_TYPE	uid_t
+#define ARG_NAME	uid
+#define DUP_FUNCTION	__pw_dup
+#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETPWUID_R)
+
+#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
+
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetspnam.c b/libmisc/xgetspnam.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..148185f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/xgetspnam.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
+ *
+ *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
+ *
+ *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
+ *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
+ *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
+ *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
+ *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
+ *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
+ *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
+ *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
+ *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
+ *  Linux-PAM library.
+ *
+ *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
+ *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
+ *
+ * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "shadowio.h"
+
+#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct spwd
+#define FUNCTION_NAME	getspnam
+#define ARG_TYPE	const char *
+#define ARG_NAME	name
+#define DUP_FUNCTION	__spw_dup
+#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETSPNAM_R)
+
+#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
+
diff --git a/libmisc/xmalloc.c b/libmisc/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..056d472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/* Replacements for malloc and strdup with error checking.  Too trivial
+   to be worth copyrighting :-).  I did that because a lot of code used
+   malloc and strdup without checking for NULL pointer, and I like some
+   message better than a core dump...  --marekm
+   
+   Yeh, but.  Remember that bailing out might leave the system in some
+   bizarre state.  You really want to put in error checking, then add
+   some back-out failure recovery code. -- jfh */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "shadowlog.h"
+
+/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@out@*//*@notnull@*/void *xmalloc (size_t size)
+{
+	void *ptr;
+
+	ptr = malloc (size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
+		                _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
+		                log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
+		exit (13);
+	}
+	return ptr;
+}
+
+/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@notnull@*/char *xstrdup (const char *str)
+{
+	return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (str) + 1), str);
+}
diff --git a/libmisc/yesno.c b/libmisc/yesno.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfbe6ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmisc/yesno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1992 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Common code for yes/no prompting
+ *
+ * Used by pwck.c and grpck.c
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * yes_or_no - get answer to question from the user
+ *
+ *	It returns false if no.
+ *
+ *	If the read_only flag is set, it will print No, and will return
+ *	false.
+ */
+bool yes_or_no (bool read_only)
+{
+	char buf[80];
+
+	/*
+	 * In read-only mode all questions are answered "no".
+	 */
+	if (read_only) {
+		(void) puts (_("No"));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Typically, there's a prompt on stdout, sometimes unflushed.
+	 */
+	(void) fflush (stdout);
+
+	/*
+	 * Get a line and see what the first character is.
+	 */
+	/* TODO: use gettext */
+	if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, stdin) == buf) {
+		return buf[0] == 'y' || buf[0] == 'Y';
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+